Name:
=3Kat
mail

About this blog:
I usually write about the manga that I'm currently reading. At times, I write about the anime/tv shows I watched and the PS2 games I played. Since it is hard to share and talk my thoughts about a certain manga series when people don't know about it, I tend to summarize them from Chinese scanlations so beware, this blog is filled with spoilers and they are not 100% perfect. Feel free to point out my mistakes. Occasionally, I would blog about myself and other misc. things. ^_^

Layout:
The blog picture is from shel's Wind & Clover artbook scanned by YIXIN for JumpC. Ouran Xmas pic from Billwang. Quote is by Amanda Bradley. Edited in Photoshop CS2. The background is from GRSites. The GB animated gif used to be from this site, Gin-san of Gintama is a screecap from piyopiyo2006 in Youtube and Pleinair by Takehito Harada is from JumpC. Gin and Pleinair edited and animated in Photoshop. Moyashimon germ and Rabi gif are taken from ikunlun forum.


V. B. Rose
Have you ever had your heart broken?

Yes, too many to count.
Yes, a few times.
Yes, once.
No.
No, I tend to do the breaking.

Yo!

Tagboard (no spam please)

Currently into:
Watching anime:
  • Bleach
  • Clannad
  • Dragonaut -The Resonance
  • ef - a tale of memories -fin-
  • Gintama
  • Gundam 00
  • Katekyo Hitman Reborn!
  • Kekkaishi
  • Moyashimon -fin-
  • Myself; Yourself -fin-
  • Naruto Shippuuden
  • Shakugan no Shana II
    Watching drama:
  • Galileo [Jap] -fin-
  • Hotaru no Hikari [Jap]
    Reading...
  • Air Gear
  • Bleach
  • Bokutachi wa Shitte Shimatta
  • D. Gray-man
  • Faster than A Kiss
  • Full Metal Alchemist
  • Gintama
  • Hana to Akuma
  • Katekyo Hitman Reborn!
  • Kekkaishi
  • Koibana! Koiseyo Hanabi
  • Liar Game
  • Ojousama wa Oyomesama
  • Nana
  • Naruto
  • Otomen
  • One Piece
  • Ouran High Host Club
  • Papillon -Hana to Chou-
  • Penguin Revolution -fin-
  • PSYЯEN
  • Spicy Pink
  • Skip Beat!
  • The One
  • Vampire Knight
  • V.B. Rose
  • Venus Capriccio
    Playing...
  • Final Fantasy 12
  • Persona 3

    Kawaii

    Search past entries:

    This is powered by FreeFind
    Past Dreams:
    2008
  • 12/20/07 - 01/15/08
    2007
  • 11/21/07 - 12/19/07
  • 10/21/07 - 11/20/07
  • 09/21/07 - 10/20/07
  • 08/21/07 - 09/20/07
  • 07/21/07 - 08/20/07
  • 06/21/07 - 07/20/07
  • 05/21/07 - 06/20/07
  • 04/21/07 - 05/20/07
  • 03/21/07 - 04/20/07
  • 02/21/07 - 03/20/07
  • 01/21/07 - 02/20/07
  • 12/21/06 - 01/20/07
    2006
  • 11/21/06 - 12/20/06
  • 10/21/06 - 11/20/06
  • 09/21/06 - 10/20/06
  • 08/21/06 - 09/20/06
  • 07/21/06 - 08/20/06
  • 06/21/06 - 07/20/06
  • 05/21/06 - 06/20/06
  • 04/21/06 - 05/20/06
  • 03/21/06 - 04/20/06
  • 02/21/06 - 03/20/06
  • 01/20/06 - 02/20/06
  • 12/21/05 - 01/19/06
    2005
  • 11/21/05 - 12/20/05
  • 10/21/05 - 11/20/05
  • 09/21/05 - 10/20/05
  • 08/21/05 - 09/20/05
  • 07/21/05 - 08/20/05
  • 06/21/05 - 07/20/05
  • 05/21/05 - 06/20/05
  • 04/21/05 - 05/20/05
  • 03/21/05 - 04/20/05
  • 02/21/05 - 03/20/05
  • 01/20/05 - 02/20/05
  • 12/21/04 - 01/19/05
    2004
  • 11/21/04 - 12/20/04
  • 10/21/04 - 11/20/04
  • 09/21/04 - 10/20/04
  • 08/21/04 - 09/20/04
  • 07/21/04 - 08/20/04
  • 06/21/04 - 07/20/04
  • 05/21/04 - 06/20/04
  • 04/21/04 - 05/20/04
  • 03/21/04 - 04/20/04
  • 02/21/04 - 03/20/04
  • 01/21/04 - 02/20/04
  • 12/21/03 - 01/20/04
    2003
  • 11/21/03 - 12/20/03
  • 10/21/03 - 11/20/03
  • 09/21/03 - 10/20/03
  • 08/21/03 - 09/20/03
  • 07/21/03 - 08/20/03
  • 06/21/03 - 07/20/03
  • 05/21/03 - 06/20/03
  • 04/21/03 - 05/20/03
  • 03/21/03 - 04/20/03
  • 02/21/03 - 03/20/03
  • 01/20/03 - 02/20/03

    Blog by pitas

    Image hosting by Photobucket

    Manga pics from
    Sky-fire, Iieye, & Billwang.

    Most of the Quotes are from
    Quote Garden, ThinkExist & Our Daily Bread

  • V. B. Rose [Chapter 68- 69]
    Friday, February 15, 2008 @ 09:54 p.m.

    Mitsuya is surprised to see Tsuyu that he asks what is she doing there. Tsuyako the dog goes to Tsuyu as she hugs him. She says, Tsuyako, you still remember me. Mitsuya asks, still? Playing with Tsuyako, Tsuyu says that she is outside the door, walking around whether she would ring the bell or not. Before she knew it, Mitsuya’s mother comes out as she is about to buy something. His mother quickly let Tsuyu in and pushes her to the stairs to go see Mitsuya. And that is how she arrive here. Mitsuya says, eh? Tsuyu freaks out and says, maybe that is quite impolite to just suddenly go to his room. Mitsuya tells her not to just stand at the door and come in his room. Tsuyu stands up and timidly goes near his bed. Tsuyako has already left. Mitsuya tells her to sit and she does sit down. She asks how is his health. Looking away, Mitsuya says he is okay as she can see. Tsuyu then thanks him for giving her flowers when she broke her leg before, she never thought that it was really him and it was Yukari who told her. This utterly shock Mitsuya that he starts to cough out loud. A small picture of Yukari showing v-signs as it turned out that he had called Tsuyu about it to get things moving between them. Tsuyu asks if he is okay. Mitsuya turns around to look at her. Tsuyu thought that she finally gets to see him face to face. Mitsuya turns around again, burning in anger as he thought of Yukari. Tsuyu says that she was really happy to hear that from Yukari because she thought that Mitsuya really hates her. Mitsuya turns to face her and shouts that he won’t ever talk nor go near someone he hates. And that is Kyouichi from Villa Ange. Tsuyu blushes and says that’s good.

    Mitsuya says that he has something to ask her, he heard that she is going to a matchmaking date, why? Mitsuya goes dark mode as Tsuyu starts to look afraid. Tsuyu says that the place where she lives is a rural area so this kind of thing is quite normal. Mitsuya shouts, I’m not asking that. Why do you always come here like that? Do you always like to play with my feelings? Tsuyu tries to protest but Mitsuya shouts, you will listen to what I have to say! Speaking of this, I know of your feelings early on. I’m not the same with Yukari. My feelings/senses are quite sharp, of course, I will notice. I will not be deceived by your words anymore. Why do you always go to VBR? Don’t say ‘Because Ageha is cute’, that is just an excuse. Try and say something. Tsuyu is in anguish that she quickly stands up and prepares to leave. She says she is going home. Mitsuya shouts for her to wait. He seemed to have forced himself that he goes in a fit of coughs. Tsuyu quickly turns around and asks if he is okay, he should go back to bed. To her surprise, Mitsuya holds both of her hands and asks her not to go to the matchmaking date. He kisses her hands and says, how can this be..I will be left all alone again. Looking at her with sorrowful eyes, Mitsuya says don’t go, I’ve always like you. Tsuyu is on the verge of tears as she is blushing. He kisses her on the cheek then on the lips. After a pause, they kissed again.

    Tsuyu is crying as she can only say..Kuromine-san, I..I.. Mitsuya hugs her and says he isn’t a kid anymore, he won’t endure it nicely like before, I will not be like some nice darling. Don’t try to escape again. I will not let you leave me for a second time. Tsuyu still crying says, Kuromine-san, yes. Mitsuya gives her another kiss. Mitsuya caress her cheek and says, call me like how did before, Tsuyu. Tsuyu is surprised about this and starts crying again. She hugs him and calls him Mitsuya and asks how could she turn down the matchmaking date, she always do what others told her to do but she really hates that side of her, she really hate it. I have thought that I should forget about you. Ever since that day when I was in grade 6 [the rejection], I can’t show my true feelings nor know how to deal with it. In my heart, I wasn’t able to straighten up the feelings inside but I like, I always like Mitsuya. I don’t want to be separated from you again. Mitsuya calls her name and gives her another kiss which seems to be a French kiss. Tsuyu is pretty tongue-tied after that as Mitsuya smiles at her. He goes dark mode again and says, what is that matchmaking date, I’ll just mess it up for you and it is alright.

    After a week, Mitsuya gets well from his cold and has come back to VBR. Mitsuya happily shouts, Hello, long time no see, Mitsuya-san has resurrected. Ageha is really happy about this that she welcomes him with open arms. Yukari looks a bit surprised by Mitsuya’s overly happy demeanor. Mitsuya also open his arms and says, have you guys been lonely? Yukari grumbles that when he isn’t there, they are just super busy. To Ageha’s shock, Mitsuya kisses her on the cheek and says, she is still very beautiful. He also grabs Yukari and kisses him while saying that he is still a bishonen [pretty guy], that’s great. They promptly beat him up and wipes the places where Mitsuya kissed them. The two say, if you are here, there is always a racket. Ageha remembers something and shows a text message [sms] from Mitsuya to her mobile phone while he was on leave and asks what does it mean – about the matchmaking date, I have finally decided on [what to do about] it. She says shouldn’t he be saying this to Tsuyu, so why did he send it to her. Mitsuya laughs and says that they talk about that later. Mitsuya then turns around and goes to the door. Ageha and Yukari are puzzled. Mitsuya calls out, don’t hide there, come out, Tsuyu. This shocks Ageha and Yukari and thought, ‘Tsuyu’?! Tsuyu peeks out from the door and greets them a good afternoon. Mitsuya asks why didn’t she come in. Tsuyu says she is a bit embarrassed. Ageha and Yukari are too busy freaking out, what is there to be embarrassed about. Ageha is all confused and says, so Tsuyu has come today. Tsuyu looks embarrassed and says that Mitsuya has fetched her from her house. Ageha and Yukari freaks out even more that she is calling Mitsuya by his first name. Mitsuya puts his hand on Tsuyu’s shoulder and says this is what it means.

    Ageha goes in super shock mode that she almost feels faint. Ageha grabs Tsuyu’s shoulder and pushes her to the sofa. Ageha shouts she haven’t heard about this and she haven’t been answering her texts the last 4-5 days, what had happened. Ageha then sits beside Tsuyu. Tsuyu looks a bit tense as Ageha waits for her answer. Blushing, Tsuyu apologizes for not being able to get in touch with her, it is because she has a cold. Ageha looks at her stunned while Yukari looks at Mitsuya. Mitsuya says it is a cute way of making girls have that kind of expression. They quickly realize that it was Mitsuya who have infected Tsuyu. Ageha cries and says that the soul’s oasis has already been polluted [I don’t get it, maybe she meant Mitsuya’s ‘darkness’ is going to rub on Tsuyu] even what happened is favorable, but the circumstances seems a bit complicated. Tsuyu asks what is the matter with Ageha. Ageha congratulates Tsuyu. Tsuyu thanks her. Mitsuya apologizes for not telling Yukari sooner. Yukari is quite cool about it as he tells Mitsuya that it is their affair after all. Yukari is a bit worried about Ageha though. Ageha then asks, does Natsuna know about this yet. Tsuyu tells Ageha that she reported it to Natsuna on the phone. Suddenly, they hear a text ring tone on a mobile phone. The foursome quickly look at their respective mobile phones. All of them says it’s not theirs except for Mitsuya. Looking at the message, it says Kuromine, why don’t you disappear ~ Natsuna. Mitsuya looks timidly at it while there is some dark aura from behind him. Yukari looks a bit tense at Mitsuya. Mitsuya smiles and says that Natsuna wishes him happiness. Tsuyu is happy about it but Ageha doesn’t buy it for he has that weird expression, Mitsuya is obviously lying.

    Ageha asks what about the matchmaking date, is it cancelled. Mitsuya says that it seems to be going smoothly so he have decided to ruin it. He happily and glittery smiles at Ageha then goes into dark mode. He darkly tells Ageha and Yukari that they are going to help him. This shocks the two. Putting a paper on the table, Mitsuya says that two weeks from now, the matchmaking date will be held on an auspicious day. The place will here [in the paper]. There are still many things to be investigated and preparation that needs to be done. Ageha and Yukari thought, he [Mitsuya] really plans to trouble us. Looking at the paper, Yukari asks how about finding a courtyard for it will be a more beautiful place. Mitsuya asks Yukari doesn’t seem to want to do this strange thing. Ageha is confused over what Mitsuya meant ruining the date. Since Mitsuya senses the two doesn’t seem to want to help him, he decides to blackmail them. Mitsuya asks Ageha if it is okay with her for Tsuyu to just get married with someone she doesn’t know. Ageha is shock and thought, NO! Glittering, Mitsuya asks Yukari that if Tsuyu isn’t there anymore, won’t it be quite inconvenient? [regarding work] This surprises Yukari. Mitsuya starts laughing and dancing as Yukari and Ageha thought he is quite ‘dark’. Tsuyu starts to apologize for giving others trouble just because of her. Ageha cries and exclaims to Tsuyu that it is okay for her to be bothered as long as Tsuyu will find happiness. Even it is dark Mitsuya, I will still wish for your happiness but afterwards, it is all up to you.

    Yukari asks so what should they do. Mitsuya says first, Yukari should help him get in touch with Kyouichi. Yukari is stunned and says, it seems you are the one asking a favor from Kyouichi. Glittering, Mitsuya laughs and says, no, ha ha, the one who is asking is you, Yukari. He goes to his cute face and says, it’s the only way, I’ll leave it to you, yeah. Yukari thought that Mitsuya is quite scary that he can drag in all those who can help. Ageha shouts so what should I do. Mitsuya salutes Ageha and tells her to wait for a few days and in the meantime, stand by, to do your best. Ageha salutes him too and says, yes, sir. [Note: two idiots ^^;;] Tsuyu asks how about her. Mitsuya smiles. He pats her head and says she doesn’t need to do anything, you just relax. Ageha looks at them and thought that the way Mitsuya is treating Tsuyu, it is a bit frightening. Ageha then asks so why did he brought Tsuyu there today. Mitsuya smiles and says, because I want to see her. This shocks Ageha and Yukari. Yukari tries to calm Ageha down as Ageha thinks that this is the kind of person Mitsuya is. Tsuyu insists that she help out with something. Mitsuya says that he will be doing a lot of work which includes the ones he didn’t get to do when he was sick so can she make some tea with Ageha. Tsuyu is happy about this. Ageha freezes. Yukari just pats Ageha’s shoulder. Ageha sweatdrops and goes to Tsuyu, thinking that she can’t turn down that request.

    In the car, outside Ageha’s house, Ageha and Yukari are still recovering from the ‘shocks’ that happened that day. They then discuss that it is good that they paid Mitsuya a visit. Ageha says she feels sorry for Mitsuya who got such an infectious cold. Ageha begins to wonder why do they have to meet in an empty room, could it be because Mitsuya is afraid of germs. Yukari thought he just realize it but it is a good thing that they aren’t sickly. [I’m not too sure but basically, Mitsuya tried to infected them with his germs so that he will get better soon ^^;] Ageha asks Yukari why Mitsuya hates Kyouichi. Yukari says it could be that, when Kyouichi was in VBR and it is the first time he met Tsuyu. Flashback: Kyouichi greeted Tsuyu and said that she really looks like a Japanese young lady [ojousama]. He introduced himself and said it is nice to meet her. He kissed her hand. This surprised Yukari then he is shocked to see how angry Mitsuya looked. End flashback. The two shivers just thinking of that. Yukari says and that is why Mitsuya hates Kyouichi. Ageha then says even if she doesn’t know what she is going to do but for Tsuyu, she will do her best. Yukari pats her head and says she is really energetic. Ageha happily says because this is very important for both Tsuyu and Mitsuya and for a girl like her, it makes her feel really happy. Yukari hugs her and thought that she is really cute. Yukari asks so can you exert a bit effort for this thing. Ageha exclaims, of course.

    A few days later, they are planning at VBR. Mitsuya shows them the data and picture of the target [the one being paired to Tsuyu] and says if they look at it, they will know something interesting. The guy is the successor and head of a business enterprise. Ageha says the guy gives a feeling of ‘coolness’. Yukari says that Mitsuya is a good example of that. Mitsuya complains, sorry about that, but I’m not someone with horns. [devil?] Yukari says it is about his character. Mitsuya didn’t listen and just continue reading the paper. He says that he will leave this paper to them since it will be their ‘mission’. Yukari folds the paper and looks gloomy. Mitsuya asks what is the matter. Yukari says that he doesn’t quite understand what exactly is his mission. Mitsuya glitters and says he can ask Ageha to help. Yukari angrily says he doesn’t want to. Ageha asks if it is okay for that person not to know what is going to happen. Mitsuya laughs and says he doesn’t want Tsuyu to be worried and isn’t it good to give Tsuyu joy . Mitsuya feels like flying as he is super happy while the couple just look at him speechless. Mitsuya says this will be okay, it is okay to sell it. [?] Yukari says that he doesn’t want the store to lose its competitiveness. Mitsuya says he doesn’t want to lose face but regarding Kyouichi, he’ll leave that to him. Ageha shouts that she doesn’t want a wedding with no mutual feelings. The three looks ready as Mitsuya says now, let’s go to that gorgeous place and start the operation.

    So, Mitsuya and Tsuyu finally became a couple. It does seem fast but then, at least, it isn’t that dragging. =P I have a feeling that Mitsuya is just ‘acting’ there just to ‘force’ Tsuyu to finally confess her feelings to him though he do mean what he said. When he was saying he isn’t a kid anymore, I feel like he is saying that he isn’t as ‘innocent’ as he was before. Hehe I just love Ageha and Yukari’s shock faces all throughout chapter 69. I wonder if Ageha being easily ‘shock’ is rubbing on Yukari. ^^;; I do wonder what they plan to do at the matchmaking date. I do understand why they didn’t just make Tsuyu break it off. It is more on saving face and people will gossip as to why Tsuyu said yes to it then backs off. It will be quite embarrassing for her aunt who arranged it. So, Mitsuya decided on ‘ruining’ it through third party. I don’t quite understand what they are talking about at the last part there. It took me time to think what they are saying but I still ended up not understanding it. I'm guessing the author doesn’t want the readers to know yet or the translation is all wrong. ^^; I do wonder what the guy matched to Tsuyu look like. Hehe

    Quote of the day:
    True love cannot be found where it truly does not exist, nor can it be hidden where it truly does. ~ by Anonymous

    Weekly Jump Update:
    Bleach, Naruto, One Piece, D. Grayman, Reborn, Gintama and PSYREN

    Wednesday, February 13, 2008 @ 11:46 a.m.

    Nnoitra is bleeding badly as Kenpachi tells him about his eye patch in Bleach [c. 309]. Nnoitra is furious and shouts how could he let himself die that way. He quickly releases his zanpaku and turns into some demon looking espada because of the moon-shaped horns and he now has two more arms. He carries a weapon in each hand. Ichigo is shock that Nnoitra’s wound is healed. Inoue is still healing him. Kenpachi is really happy about it that it has been a long time since he has encountered that kind of reitsu. Nnoitra challenges Kenpachi to try to cut him. Kenpachi goes to attack but was slashed by Nnoitra instead. Nnoitra sends Kenpachi flying as he fall on the ground, bleeding. Since Kenpachi is saying that he has encountered reitsu before so I don’t think he is defeated yet. I started to wonder where is Yachiru at this time. If Kenpachi is unconscious, I sure hope Inoue has finished healing Ichigo by then since it will be his turn to fight next.

    Itachi puts Sasuke’s eye number 1 in a container then goes for eye number 2 in Naruto [c. 388]. Then, it all turns out to be just an illusion. Akatsuki spy Zetsu comments that it seems that Sasuke has become stronger than Itachi has anticipated. Itachi then becomes serious as he is about to use some new technique. Well, it turned out to be just an illusion. The author is now teasing the readers as everything could happen like killing/injuring one another and it all turns out to be an illusion. Hehe Well, even with that new technique, Sasuke still has his snakes and ugly form so this fight won’t be ending soon. I won’t be surprised if it all turns out to be just illusions and Itachi isn’t really there. Hehe, just like what they did when he fought with Naruto in save Gaara arc.

    The whole chapter of One Piece [c. 488] is basically more on Brook remembering the past regarding his pirate life. At present, he keeps on stopping to play when he thought of the past so Brook brings out a dial which recorded the full song. It is Brook and his crew’s final song after they were severely injured. They plan to record that song for Laboon. They kept on playing until one by one of them passes out and died. I’m not sure of Brook’s ending thoughts but it seems that he will go with Strawhats. The author then goes on a break for research next week so maybe a colored spread will come out in the next chapter to confirm if Brook will be one of them or not. Nothing much to say about this except, ya, they have a theme song now. ^^;

    Bookman and Cross are surprised to see level 4 akuma in D. Gray-man [c. 147]. It turned out that such an akuma has never existed before. Before they can react, level 4 screams which hurts the ears of everyone there. Cross plans to use Maria but level 4 goes to where Theodore was and punches the floor. A huge light appears. A debris is about to hit Allen when Link came to save him. I’m not too sure if something hit Link’s eye or not since his eye seems to be hurt or was it because he used his weapon. Link tells Allen that he can’t die yet. They were then surprised to see a large hole in the ground where the others were. They couldn’t believe that even the generals are ‘defeated’. Level 4 goes to some skull men who thought they are going to be saved. Level 4 ends up killing them and is quite pleased with it that he plans to out and kill more people. Allen can only shout for it to stop. Okay, so Allen isn’t a weakling for level 4 turns out to be too powerful even for generals. I really fear for the other exorcists outside who currently have no innocence or their innocence is broken. I do wonder if this will force Rinali to merge with her innocence at the cost of her life as they have warned her. I think body count will go up in the next few chapters.

    Reborn notices that his and Colonello’s pacifier is glowing that he thinks that Lal is using her powers in Katekyo Hitman Reborn! [c. 180]. Lal’s body is engulfed in a blue flame. Lal tells Ginger to retract what he said or she’ll kill him. They see some scars on her face and worry about Lal. Ginger said it is the traces of being a failed Arcobaleno. Ginger snaps his finger for the spiders to finish off Lal but nothing happened. Lal says her body has changed but the pacifier didn’t. The blue one is originally hers and not Colonello’s. In exchanged for her life, the flames will have rain attribute. She is then surrounded by a blue flame again and Takeshi exclaims that it is the same as his. Ryohei says that the spiders were sun attribute were pacified by Lal’s flame which is rain attribute. Lal says that having such a body is quite a burden and she would have chosen not to live if it haven’t been for Colonello. She cries as she regret it when Colonello left after they were turned that way before. Ginger taunts that she will die anyway and make what Colonello did useless. This made Lal attack Ginger and grabs him. She gives him one last chance to recant his insult to Colonello. Ginger doesn’t want to until he realizes that he can’t escape Lal’s grip. He tries to make Lal soften up by telling her if he dies, she won’t know who really killed Colonello. Lal says he won’t say even if she let him go so she’ll find out who by herself. Ginger said that it was fun. Lal notices some foam coming out of Ginger’s eyes, nose and mouth. Lal quickly tells everyone to take cover. Ginger suddenly explodes. Lal is safe as she manages to block the explosion with her centipede. Lal informs them that Ginger isn’t dead yet for Ginger Lal fought with turns out to be just a puppet. Lal says this could be a reason why no one has ever gotten close to finish off the real Ginger for he is such a great assassin and he could have seen what happened during the fight that destroyed his family. Lal wonders why Ginger is working under Millefiore. Hayato asks Lal to tell them the secret of the Arcobaleno. Lal doesn’t want to. Hayato insists but she still won’t say and tells him if he really want to know, ask Takeshi. This surprises Tsuna and Hayato since Takeshi knew but they were interrupted when the alarm sounds loudly. So, each Arcobaleno is also a ‘weather’ attribute and I’m guessing Reborn’s yellow means the sun. It turns out that Reborn did tell Takeshi..the author is just mean that he didn’t tell the readers. ^^; Oh well, maybe later on. There are more fights ahead.

    While the ghosts are having fun, the owner of the inn calls to Otose about teaching Gin a lesson and it is somewhat of a revenge for Otose took that man away from him in Gintama [c. 199] . Otose warns her about doing that to Gin then she hears a loud explosion. The ghosts tell her that Gin has escaped. While running around to find him, the owner finds some ghosts on the floor. She wonders what happened. She sees Gin playing a shamisen while spirit Shinpachi and Kagura are making the ghost guests laugh and Otae entertaining the guests. The owner thought that their spirits come out when the other spirits occupied their bodies. To her shock, Gin can make the ghosts disappear and move on because they were so happy that nothing ties them to the world anymore. The owner tries to get the three ghosts to stop Gin but they ended up being sent away, too with the help of Shinpachi and others. In the end, it is a duel between Gin and the owner as he is going to try to send the ghost behind her to the next world. Well, I guess the owner underestimated Gin. It is interesting to see a different way of exorcising ghosts – by making them happy. I do wonder if the ghost behind the owner is the one whom she claimed Otose taken from her. I wonder if after this arc, Gin won’t be afraid of ghosts anymore.

    Yoshina dreamt when he was a kid, he was bullying Asaga while Amamiya tries to stop him in PSYREN [c. 9]. He wakes up and finds himself well just like Matsuri had said. After finishing his chores, he goes outside. Some goons try to pick a fight but they were easily defeated by Yoshina. Some other delinquents are trying to pick on Asaga but gets defeated by Asaga with a bit of help from Yoshina. The two chat about what if that is really the future and their illness they suffered the whole night. Asaga mentions about being shock over how Amamiya changed. Before leaving, Asaga can’t resist teasing Yoshina to drink more milk as revenge for bullying him before. Asaga is now taller than Yoshina. Back at school, Yoshina’s friends ask what happened that they can’t contact him and about those two fake cops who were after him before. Yoshina just says it is nothing though his friends knew that he is lying. He then hears Amamiya calling him through telepathy to meet some place. Yoshina heads off to that place and met with her. She tells him that she got her card for half a year already. She ran away from home then and answered the phone call and the exam. She has been going to Psyren a lot of times. He asks what is it [psyren] really. She tells him that they should go on a date. She brought him to a concert hall and says that while in Psyren before, she is always crying and running away until she met the person who taught her how to survive and that is Matsuri. Yoshina then meets Matsuri without her helmet on. She looks quite a ‘punk’ though she is a pianist. I really love that part when Asaga get back at Yoshina. Hehe, sweet revenge. Nothing much happened in this chapter.

    Quote of the day:
    Anyone can give up, it's the easiest thing in the world to do. But to hold it together when everyone else would understand if you fell apart, that's true strength. ~ Author Unknown

    Hadashi de Bara wo Fume [Chapter 1]
    Tuesday, February 12, 2008 @ 03:58 p.m.

    [I’m doing this chapter on a whim. This is the new series from Ueda Rinko, the author known for her work, Tsuki no Shippo. I haven’t read that series so I don’t really know what to expect from this author. According to baka manga, the literal meaning of the title is ‘Stepping on roses barefoot’. The Chinese version simply entitled it ‘Rose Agreement’. The story is basically poor girl meets rich boy and jumps to an agreement which includes marriage. The setting in Meiji era – around the time when Rurouni Kenshi is set. From the mentioned site, it currently have 4 chapters. This is the only 1 chapter available for now from BW. Hehe, I read this one only today. ^^; I think an English scanlator group will be doing this series.]

    A girl dreams when she was a child, she tried to get a rose but it seems that it doesn’t want to let her near since she got pricked by its thorns. Compared to that beautiful flower, she would rather have a bowl of rice. She wakes up from the chicken crow and crying children who were hungry. She tries to pacify them to no avail. Then the lady landlord arrives asking for the payment for the half-year rent. She tells her that she will pay when her brother arrives. Then, a bald guy enters asking to be paid for the loan. The girl says it is her brother who owes him. Bald guy won’t hear any excuses as he shows her the contract of owing him 2,000 yen. [A note says that the current equivalent of that is 3 million yen] The bald guy calls her Sumi Kitamura and says she is pretty so if she doesn’t have any money, why don’t she sell her body. Two of her young siblings attack the man for trying to do such a thing to their sister. The bald man retreats and says that tomorrow will be the last day he’ll wait for the payment. Upon hearing this, the landlady asks that they quickly depart from the place. Just then, her brother, Eisuke comes and sweet talks the landlady to let them stay. Sumi reprimands her brother for borrowing such a large amount of money. Eisuke sweet talks her about living happily together with 4 kids who aren’t blood related to them and eating lots of delicious food but then, in an instant it vanished since he was tricked and he doesn’t want to play anymore. Sumi cries and shouts that Eisuke is stupid for gambling all of the money.

    To Sumi’s shock, Eisuke has brought another baby into the house as he proudly says it is a boy. Sumi shouts that they don’t need another baby. Eisuke seems to imply that each child is an investment in the future. Sumi gloomily says that ever since he has been doing that, they are now starving to death. Her brother says not to be like that else no one will marry her. Sumi says she would even discard him upon knowing that he signed that debt contract. Eisuke cries over this and says that he still has Rumi. They then realize that Rumi is sick. Eisuke says to bring her to the doctor but Sumi says that they don’t have money. Eisuke says he will work for some so they should get her to the doctor. All the children goes with Sumi as they are going to bring Rumi to the doctor. While walking to the doctor, they see Eisuke with some rich looking woman. Her younger brother, is about to call him but Sumi stops him saying that Eisuke is currently working. His work is like being a host. Sumi remembers Eisuke telling her that it is quite hard to go steady with someone he doesn’t like but then Eisuke seems to be having fun. How could he gamble all of the money he had. Seeing that Rumi is having a hard time, Sumi quickly hurries to the doctor. They are in Yokohama, Meiji Era 25 years.

    They go to one clinic who said that the doctor is out. They went to another clinic and the attendant says it’s you people again, we aren’t into volunteer work. Sumi exclaims that she will bring the money later on. Just then, the doctor comes out and Sumi pleads to him to look at Rumi. The doctor passes by and tells her to look for some other doctor. Sumi doesn’t give up and continues to plead for his help. The doctor tells her that the child isn’t even her real younger sister so less one person, won’t her life be easier. This angers Sumi that she shouts that she won’t ever asks for such a person for help again. As Sumi runs to another doctor, the women gossip about Sumi and her family that they are quite troublesome. Sumi exclaims to herself if is it okay for poor to just die, they don’t want to be poor in the first place. The hungry younger brother gets a piece of yakitori [barbecue chicken] leftover underneath a cart. He wants to eat it but Sumi slaps his hand. She tells him not to eat food thrown away. Her younger brother cries that if he didn’t eat it, he will die of hunger. Sumi says that she also haven’t eaten for three days already. She suddenly notices that Rumi has gotten worse. She notices people looking at her when she calls for Rumi.

    She starts to ask for help among them but they just pass by her. She shouts that she will do anything so please lend her some money. A woman even pulls her child away and shouts not to look. Sumi’s younger brother asks if Sumi is crying. Sumi denies she is but it is obvious she is crying. She is frustrated for she has promised herself not to ever cry in front of the children for they will feel hurt. She is then surprised to see a young light colored hair man holding his hand to her to help her stand. He even pats her clothes to remove the dust. Sumi says that she is okay. He puts something on her hand and tells her not to cry anymore. If she smiles then she will soon have happiness. He bids her goodbye and left. The kids ask what did the man gave her. Sumi sees that it is a handkerchief and inside, there is some money. She quickly looks around but the man isn’t there anymore. The young man then waves to a dark colored hair man and apologizes for making him wait. The dark-haired man says it is quite unexpected for he didn’t expect that kind of girl is his taste. The light colored hair man replies how can that be, he just helped someone who is in trouble.

    That night, they are happy that Rumi’s fever has left. Lying on her futon, Sumi is looking at the handkerchief and says she never thought that such a nice person exists in this world, as if he is a ‘god’. Her younger brother teases her that she has fallen in love. Sumi tells him not to say such things and just go to bed. Sumi blushes and hopes that one day she will meet him again to properly thank him. Sumi wakes up from some noise. She sees that it is her brother Eisuke who is quickly packing his clothes. He tells her that he is going to escape because he wasn’t careful that he got involved with the woman of that person whom he borrowed money from. Sumi is confused as Eisuke jumps out of the window and tells her that he will disappear for a while. Her brother barely left when bald guy appears shouting for Eisuke. Sumi says that he just jumped out the window. The bald guy was furious for Eisuke dare take away his woman from him. The bald guy grabs all of the other kids and shouts that he will sell them all to a foreign country to get back the money he had loaned Eisuke. Sumi cries for him to stop but the bald guy pushes her away and shouts if she wants to hate someone, hate her brother. The children were crying as Sumi shouts she will pay the money. The bald man shouts that he can’t wait for tomorrow and how could she pay that amount of money by herself. Sumi shouts that she will sell herself so don’t take the children. The landlady comes out and asks what is the noise in the middle of the night. While running, Sumi shouts that she will leave the children to her [landlady].

    Sumi thought that she will do anything to protect the children but then, she will never so this thing for her stupid brother. She goes to the red light district and looks at the handkerchief. She says handkerchief prince, even if I sell myself, my heart is still yours so please forgive me if I will be [stained]. A man behind him says that she looks quite young, how much. This made Sumi run away in fright then she stops and comes back to the man. She shouts it is 2000 yen. The people around her were laughing that she is too expensive. The man walks away and shouts that she is making a fool out of him. Sumi shouts that she isn’t and she needs that money for tomorrow. Another man says that he will buy her. He pulls her to him as Sumi is disgusted by his foul odor. The man asks how old is she. She replies 15 years old. He is pulling her to a motel but she asks that he pay first. The man says he doesn’t have that money right now but afterwards, he will give it to her. Sumi refuses. The man is about to slap her when a dark colored hair young man stops the man. The young man tells him that he is quite embarrassing. The man tries to protest that the young man holds his grip tighter. Sumi tells the young man to let him go since she needs this man to buy her. The two other women behind her tells him that the girl wants 2000 yen. To their shock, the young man pulls out the money and declares that he will buy her. Sumi tries to reach for the money but the young man asks if she wants to sell or not. Sumi says sold. The two women push Sumi aside and say he should buy them instead. The young man says he isn’t interested in them. The young man pulls Sumi to ride on a rickshaw.

    Sumi keeps on exclaiming in delight as the young man tells her to keep quiet while riding. Holding the money he gave her tightly, Sumi says that it is the first time she has rode on one. Sumi quickly becomes quiet when he tells her that he won’t give her the money if she doesn’t keep quiet. I don’t quite get what he said but it seems that he is telling her to protest if she is brought to some place she doesn’t want to. Sumi doesn’t understand what he meant but she just nod her head. The young man is pleased about this. Sumi wonders what is this person doing there and even if he looks handsome, he looks scary to her. She thought that she will have to hug this person later on and it seems that she is a bride. She smells a fragrance and looks to the side to see roses. She blushes over this that the man asks if there is something wrong. Sumi shakes her head. The young man says they have arrived and they would walk the rest of the way. Sumi exclaims that the house is big but quickly covers her mouth when the young man glares at her. A butler and three maids greet the young man as young master. The young man shoves his coat to the butler and tells him not to call him young master. The young man goes upstairs and tells his butler, Komai, that he will leave everything to him. Komai calls Sumi by name and tells her to come with him. Sumi is surprised that he knew her name. Komai and two maids help her bath, dress up, make up, etc. Sumi who isn’t use to all these things bear it all and only thinks of protecting the money that she is holding. [How come it didn’t get wet when she is holding it when taking a bath ^^;;]

    They brought her to where the young man is waiting. The young man looks surprised at her new appearance. Komai says that the young man’s eye for beauty if quite good. After the young man dismissed Komai, Sumi asks what is this all about. She trips from her dress but the young man quickly catches her and hugs her saying she looks beautiful, making them to beautify her so that she will be a match for him. Sumi blushes and pushes him away. She apologizes and says that this is her first time. The young man looks angry and pins her on the wall. He tells her not to be mistaken for he bought her life. Sumi is confused and tells him that she never went to school so she doesn’t know what he meant. To her surprise, he said that he wants her to be his wife. Sumi exclaims that she still have kids to feed even though they aren’t her children, and she has a stupid brother that she has to.. The young man says no matter how much money she needs, he is going to give it to her. Sumi looks surprised and asks, aside from the 2000 yen. The young man says that’s right, no matter how much he will give it to her. Sumi is really happy over this. The young man looks dark and says but, I will not love you and you can’t love me. Can you discard love for money? Sumi looks surprised and thought of her family. Sumi looks determined and declares that she will discard [it]. Sumi thought she still doesn’t know what ‘discard love’ meant. The young man says, good and the contract is set.

    It seems that we have a love triangle in the making. Rich-poor set up wherein their respective families will be causing problems later on. Do not fall in love with me contract which will be doomed to be broken. =P This seems to be quite an interesting series based on the first chapter though the themes are nothing new. I’m pretty sure the ‘rose’ meant the guy whose name isn’t mentioned yet. Pretty but thorny when you try to get near him. I do wonder why that guy picked her. My tentative guess is that it has something to do with handkerchief guy, if he is the guy whom handkerchief guy met earlier. I guess I’ll know more later on. Anyway, I’m a bit interested how the story will develop so I’ll continue reading this series for now.

    Quote of the day:
    Loneliness and the feeling of being unwanted is the most terrible poverty. ~ Mother Teresa of Calcutta

    Penguin Revolution [Chapter 34- 35] -Fin-
    Saturday, February 9, 2008 @ 03:54 p.m.

    Ayaori locks himself in a room. Yukari goes back to the table as she wonders why did Ayaori told her not to talk to him and why does he want to isolate himself. Yukari informs this to Ryou who tell her not to worry for it is just a temporary thing. Yukari is happy about this. Ryou thinks that Ayaori is fast in making an action so he should also progress in his performance. A gay trainer is going to work Ryou hard to learn how to dance like a girl. [haha, maybe also includes how to pass off as a girl] After training, Ryou is dead tired but he still manages to thank the trainer for his guidance. During meal time, all of the actor/actress are dead asleep as they were all tired from the training. Yukari notices that even Ayaori doesn’t come to eat. More trainings and Ryou faints that Yukari has to carry him to rest. Yukari cooks some food to help Ryou have some appetite to eat. She talks a bit with that other manager about how important is one’s health for an actor/actress. The others then want to help in cooking. The president is happy to see that they are all getting along with each other. More training for Ryou as the trainer anticipates his growth as a performer. While dancing, Ryou sees that little girl again. He snaps out of it as the trainer tells him that was good and he should not forget that feeling. After taking a bath, Yukari passes by Ayaori’s room and leaves as she thinks that she shouldn’t talk to him even if she haven’t seen him since then. The door then opens. Yukari is surprised at how dark Ayaori is and his wings have become black. It has made her really scared of him and remembers the role that Ayaori is going to play. Ayaori goes to the president’s room. The president asks if he is finished with his preparation. Ayaori says yes.

    The others have started to practice together. Everyone looks pleased as Yukari is drooling. Inside his room, Ayaori hears a knock on the door. He opens it to see a plate filled with onigiri. A note says it is something for Ayaori so please eat if you are hungry – Yukari. Ayaori smiles over this. The night before the performance, Yukari is quite nervous and thinks that she wasn’t even nervous during exams. Someone hits some stones on her window. She opens it to see the two boys. Ryou shouts for her to come down since the moon is nice. At the beach, Yukari says that the moon is really pretty. Ayaori pats her head and thanks her for the food. Yukari blushes and says it is nothing. Ryou just looks at them. The boys play at the water but Yukari seems a bit hesitant. They offer their hands to her as they happily walk along the beach. The day of the performance has arrived. It will be three part play. First, the female lead will be played by Ryou then Youko and lastly, whoever was voted to be the best ‘actress’ of the two by the audience. At the dressing room, Yukari is nervous. Ryou then did that calming technique of writing the word ‘person’ on one’s palm to calm oneself. Ryou says it is something she taught him. Yukari blushes and puts her hand on his mouth. She tells her to do his best. Ryou also blushes. The play starts and Ayaori ‘wows’ everyone with his performance as he easily emits fear to people. Narazaki is the messenger who just decree that it is forbidden to laugh. Some workers had put treasures –chests, pots and carpet nearby and thought that their world sucks. The carpet unfolds and reveals, sexy Ryou in a two piece belly dancer outfit. Yukari drools over this as his wings are now marvelous and shiny. As Ryou walks down the staircase, Yukari thought that the feeling is the same or rather, even better than before when she first saw Youko in that play.

    The next day, Yukari is still drooling over the performance after she woke up. Everyone are discussing about how great Ryou’s performance was. They say that Ryou will probably be the performer for the third day. The reporter thought no way when they haven’t even seen Youko’s performance yet though he admits Ryou’s performance is really good. The president wakes Youko up and says that it is almost time for the play. Yukari and Ryou watches from backstage. Yukari thought that it is different being in the audience. Not only Ayaori but everyone did a great job. The carpet unrolls and reveals Youko. Yukari thought Youko easily enchants everyone with her every movement and everything just sparkles – the power of a great actress. That night, Yukari and Ryou just sit on the beach, still drooling over Youko’s performance. Yukari remembers talking with the president after the performance. The president hinted about also seeing the wings and they talk a bit about being a huge star. Back at present, Ryou starts to pose a bit as to how Youko did the dance. Yukari thought that she fears that Youko will be the one chosen but then, she is happy to have met Ryou. Ryou turns around and smiles at her which made her blush. During the voting, Ryou has 511 votes, Youko has 1469 votes and 73 are undecided so the last performance will be Youko. Ryou takes it in stride as the secretary informs him and Yukari. The two just hold their hands. Elsewhere, Youko touches the president’s face and says that until the end, he never told her ‘don’t perform anymore’, it’s really great isn’t it. He says no, it is like a dream of happiness. [That’s Youko in the picture below]

    The last performance starts. Youko is about to do her performance. Suddenly, the president and Yukari becomes tense as they see Youko’s wings starts to disintegrate then vanish. Youko faints and Ayaori manages to catch her before she falls. The audience didn’t notice anything wrong as they all applaud. Yukari is tense as Ryou asks what is the matter. The secretary then calls them to come with her. Inside a room, Youko is unconscious as a oxygen respirator help her breath. The president says that Youko’s condition is already critical and it haven’t changed so they are now going to bring her to the hospital. Ryou and Yukari are looking at Youko. The president tells Ryou to finish the play. Yukari tries to protest. The president says that he will accompany Youko to the hospital. Youko weakly touches Ryou’s hand and Ryou suddenly sees the little girl, smiling at him. Yukari looks surprise as she sees a feather float down. The president tells Yukari that he’ll leave Ryou to her. Yukari bows her head and takes Ryou away. After they left, the president tells Youko, really..your illness is quite grave and you still.. In lala dreamland, Ryou asks the little girl who she is and what is she. The girl says even if she tells him, he will forget. Ryou says it doesn’t matter. She says she is a fragment, a gift from his mother. Ryou looks surprised. She says for everyone else, the form [she takes] isn’t the same and for Ryou, she is in that form but the one who would perform on stage will be him so do your best. Ryou says, yes. The performance starts again as Yukari is in tears worried about Youko. She then sees Ryou walking down the stairs and blushes over how pretty his wings were. [That is Ryou in the pic below]

    Ten years later, Yukari all grown up is given some document by some glasses guy. After that play, it has been quite successful but still in the end, the president dissolved Peacock. The actors/actresses all went their separate ways and go to other companies that they trust. She was given her separation pay. Nothing much happen as she graduate and finish college to finally attain her dream of becoming a public servant. Even if she is busy, all of those things are important and everyday is quite substantial. Narazaki flies down to her as she uses her document to shield his attack. Narazaki tells her, marry me. Yukari blushes and says no. Ever since Peacock was dissolved, she has revealed to everyone her true gender and Narazaki has been like that until now. Narazaki says it is okay, he has some place to go and he is happy to see her there. He pats her head and says cheer up a bit, if it is you, there will be no problem. He leaves as Yukari blushes and touches her head where Narazaki patted her. Her father is still the same as before start a business then lose it and start again and lose it again. A scene of Yukari punching his father to quit joking around. After finish dissolving Peacock, the president has continue looking after sleeping Youko after the operation and he looks happy. After graduation, both Ryou and Ayaori left Japan and start to work overseas. They have got a lot of awards and has really on the path of being superstars. She slightly smiles and thought that she also has already attained her dream but still.. Someone calls out her name. She looks up to see Ryou and Ayaori standing in front of her. The radiance of a ‘dream’. Ryou asks her if she wants to be his manager again. And, it is the prologue of another new dream. The end.

    And that’s how you fast forward into an ending. Hehe It just takes a small girl ‘fairy’ to accelerate Ryou’s status to Youko’s. ^^; It still feels weird to see Ryou looking so pretty as a girl..how could a guy have body curves like that. Lol, would he have many more female roles with Ayaori playing male lead? After all, the ‘talent’ that Ryou sees is a girl while Ayaori’s is a little boy. Well, it is pretty obvious that she will end up with Ryou though Yukari tend to give mix signals as she kept on blushing at every touch of a guy from Ryou, Ayaori and Narazaki, they might all think she likes them and they have a chance. I’m still wondering why the author hurried the ending. Has she gotten bored with it or have thought of a different story that she wants to draw/write or maybe not many people are reading this series anymore? Ana tagged before that her other series also ended abruptly. Is it just a coincidence or she just can’t end her series properly? Honestly, I read this series just because I’m interested in Ayaori. It is like watching a really crappy movie just because of a good looking actor. ^^;; As I mentioned before, some of the plot is quite interesting but the development tend to be not that good. BW forum has actually demoted this series from their ‘super shoujo’ thread and replaced it with Ouran. Overall, the series has some interesting characters but weren’t really developed, plot is becoming interesting at times but the follow up isn’t that good. Some are even quite silly like that fairy girl. I don’t know about you guys but I’m not quite fond of guys cross-dressing. It is my major turnoff in this series. I let it pass if it is just once but then, until the end, Ryou is still an actress. ^^;; I’m thankful though that Ayaori didn’t have to do that. Haha. The ending is of course rushed and open-ended. So, what do you guys think of it? Well, those who are still reading this series. =P

    Quote of the day:
    Our life is uncertain, our path is unclear, yet we have no cause to falter or fear if plans that we make our dreams to fulfill are born out of love for God and His will. ~ D. De Haan from Our Daily Bread

    V. B. Rose [Chapter 64 - 67]
    Wednesday, February 6, 2008 @ 06:11 p.m.

    At her house, Tsuyu is holding on a portfolio as she is deeply thinking about something. Her young looking father tells her it is okay if she doesn’t want to go. Looking a bit troubled, Tsuyu says she will go else her aunt will be quite troubled about it. It is already spring in April. Ageha is now a third year student. She is given a paper to think of her ‘ambition/goal’ after high school. While standing in front of VBR, she is quite troubled about it and can’t think of something especially since her situation isn’t the same as her sister. Maybe she should consult her teacher about what profession would be good. The door suddenly opens. Mitsuya hugs Ageha tight and shouts that something bad happened. Ageha freaks out that Mitsuya’s habit of hugging her has reappeared. Ageha grabs him and flips him backward then toss him away. Ageha then asked him what is wrong. Mitsuya’s head hurts and says that Ageha has developed good instincts. Mitsuya cries and points inside. He says that something happened to Yukari. Ageha asks what is the matter. Mitsuya says that Yukari is unhappy in love. She quickly goes inside to see Yukari talking with Maki. To her surprise, Yukari just got a new haircut. Ageha freaks out that it is true, she doesn’t remember being dumped. [I don’t get it ^^;; New hairstyle = new love?]

    Yukari slaps her head and says what foolishness is she talking about. Maki says it looks ‘fresh’ on Yukari. Ageha realizes that it was Maki who cut Yukari’s hair. She asks Yukari if he had any change of heart thus changed his hairstyle. Yukari says nothing has changed, it is just that it has been three years since his father’ death anniversary so he can now cut his hair a bit. While Yukari and Maki are talking, Ageha looks at Yukari’s new hairstyle and thought it is really nice. She kept on looking at him that the other guys smile over it and this made Yukari blush. Maki pushes Yukari to Ageha and says why don’t they go lovey-dovey while Mitsuya says he is going to Rosa. The two quickly leave. Yukari falls down on Ageha. He had to pull her up and says, really those two. He tells Ageha that he has something he wants her to do. He looks a bit puzzled as to why Ageha is looking around. He was pleasantly surprised when Ageha hugs him from behind. He asks what is it. Ageha smiles and says that she thinks his haircut looks good on him. Yukari gives her a kiss. Just as they are about to kiss again, Tsuyu calls out, good afternoon. The two quickly separate and nervously says hi. Tsuyu realizes something is up that she quickly turns around and says sorry for interrupting. The two shout for her not to leave.

    Dark Mitsuya is then in front of Tsuyu who asks her why is she like that [interrupting], when the two finally had an opportunity to be together alone. Tsuyu gets really nervous and says that she has come to make a delivery. Mitsuya asks then why do you seem to be going out. Tsuyu stammers for an answer. He then asks that since before, he wanted to know why won’t she look at him when they are talking. Tsuyu shouts that she can’t. Mitsuya asks why. Tsuyu says after doing that thing, I have no face to look at him. Mitsuya says so she is conscious of that. He darkly smiles and says so why do you still come here. Tsuyu freaks out. Ageha feels sorry for Tsuyu for it is like a snake staring at a frog. Yukari says that they should go back to work. Ageha wonders if Tsuyu will be okay. Ageha remembers from Mitsuya’s story about the girl he likes whom he can’t forget. Would he still have the same feelings for her? Ageha just mentally cheers Tsuyu to do her best. Upstairs, Ageha asks why does Mitsuya always like to scare Tsuyu. Yukari says it is because Mitsuya is a guy who have fallen in love while he was still in elementary. Ageha is shock and screams out loud. Yukari tells her to keep it down. Ageha asks really, really, and the girl is.. Yukari quickly covers Ageha’s mouth. Yukari says it is more or less like that but he doesn’t know the details. Ageha is really thrilled about this information that the two knew each other since elementary and it could be that up to now, they still like each other. Yukari tells Ageha to quit it and just work already. All of a sudden, Mitsuya sneezes. He asks Tsuyu if she is saying bad things about him. This freaks out Tsuyu.

    The next day, Ageha is looking at Mitsuya in anticipation while he is working. She keeps on thinking dreamily that Mitsuya asks if there is something she wants to ask. Ageha says Tsuyu will be coming today. Mitsuya calls Tsuyu stupid for bringing back what she should have delivered yesterday. Ageha asks and who caused that. Mitsuya says it isn’t his fault. Mitsuya starts to cough that Ageha asks if he has a cold. Mitsuya sniffs and says he doesn’t think so. Ageha happily says that she brought something for everyone. It is a couple of juice pack – one orange flavor while the other is grape flavor. She says it is 100% fruit juice and with it, his cold will go away. Mitsuya holds the two juices and asks if one of them is Tsuyu’s. Ageha happily says it is. To her shock, Mitsuya drinks the two at the same time. Mitsuya tells Ageha that they tasted strange. Ageha shouts that isn’t the way to drink it. Mitsuya says that he will tell her why Tsuyu can’t drink those because if something doesn’t agree with Tsuyu, she will get feverish. [The scans are cut so I’m partly guessing that] Ageha then just giggles because he knows about that and asks why did he have to drink all of Tsuyu’s juice. Mitsuya just says because he is thirsty. Ageha says he just said that it tasted weird. Ageha tells him if he treats Tsuyu nicely then things would be better between them. Mitsuya flicks Ageha’s forehead and says there is something wrong with her eyes. Ageha cries over it. Mitsuya sighs and asks her does she know why Tsuyu acts that way towards him. [Scans are cut as Ageha asks if it is because of something, probably because Mitsuya is always scaring Tsuyu] Mitsuya says she is wrong. He looks cold as he says that Tsuyu feels ashamed toward him. Ageha is surprised by this. Dark Mitsuya smiles and says, do you want me to tell you a secret, Ageha? Ageha happily asks what is it. He tells her that in grade six, he was dumped. A scene of young Tsuyu bowing to Mitsuya, saying sorry. Ageha is utterly shock.

    How could it be that Mitsuya was rejected by Tsuyu, Ageha thought. Just then, they hear Tsuyu calling out if anyone is there, are they at the work area. Mitsuya is telling Ageha that if she dare say anything about.. Ageha has already stand up and quickly runs out. She goes to Tsuyu who is surprised asking what is the matter. Ageha grabs her and scarily tell Tsuyu, you are coming with me. Tsuyu is puzzled as Ageha takes her to the nearby café. While having some drinks, Tsuyu asks didn’t Ageha knew. After a pause, Ageha realized what she just did and asks if Tsuyu was angry since she was really surprised when she just recently heard of what happened then. Tsuyu just slightly smiles and says that it is because of family affairs that she has to move away. Ageha asks if it is when she was in elementary. Tsuyu says that’s right and the reason is ‘divorce’. She went with her father and moved to his hometown. And the reason behind that is her mother really loves her younger brother but treats her quite harshly so she was really pressured. Compare to her outstanding brother, she is quite disappointing. Tsuyu smiles as she remembers the past. At that time – Flashback: In section 4-1, young Tsuyu is reading a book alone in the classroom. Mitsuya approached her and told she that he have read that book and he thinks it is interesting. He asked her if she likes that book. Tsuyu blushed and said yes. Mitsuya offered to bring some more book like that for her to read. Tsuyu thanked him. She is just an ordinary student but then, not really ordinary, and the first one who befriend her was Mitsuya. Mitsuya pulled her to go to his house. Tsuyu asked if she can really go. At his house, Mitsuya showed to her his younger brother, Shizuya who was 6 years old then. Tsuyu exclaimed they look alike. Mitsuya told her that their dog has just given birth. Tsuyu happily asked if she can see it. Tsuyu hugged the puppy – Tsuyako as they were laughing together. End flashback.

    Tsuyu tells Ageha that those were really dear memories to her, her most precious treasure. Ageha exclaims that it is obvious they like each other so why did she rejected him. Tsuyu looks sad and says it is because being separate is really painful. There is also a classmate who also likes Mitsuya. Flashback: One day in school, that classmate with her friends called out to Tsuyu and said that Tsuyu’s relationship with Mitsuya is quite good and she likes Mitsuya. Tsuyu stared at the girl and thought the girl was blushing. Both of their feelings were the same. Tsuyu can only say that she doesn’t know. [It seems to be a Japanese thing, the first one who likes the guy, the girl has a right to him even if they aren’t lovers yet. This was in Skip beat! and Bokutachi wa Shitte Shimatta] At Mitsuya’s house, Mitsuya told Tsuyu that he has seen her talking with some girls, that is a rare sight. Tsuyako the puppy is licking Tsuyu’s face as she is in a daze. Then, Tsuyu snapped out of it as Mitsuya repeated what he just said. He looked closely at her that this made Tsuyu embarrassed. She remembered the girl who also blushed as she said she liked Mitsuya. Mitsuya said that Tsuyu looked listless lately, what happened. Tsuyu remembered what her father said about living with him together, even if they are going to a far away place, but it will be good for her to be independent. His father apologized to her for giving her such painful memories. Because Mitsuya is here so I don’t want to leave. Even if it is hurts, I pretended that nothing is wrong. But now, just the thought of leaving Mitsuya makes me really sad. Mitsuya is surprised to see Tsuyu crying.

    Mitsuya held her face and kissed her. Tsuyu is surprised by that. He hugged her and told her, I think you should know that I like you. Can you give me your answer? Tsuyu is happy about this but then, she remembered what her father said about moving to a far away place. She told him to give her about a week time for her answer. End flashback. Ageha asks then why did she have to reject Mitsuya. Tsuyu said that Mitsuya confessing to her had made her really happy, really delighted but she won’t be there at that place after some time. Ageha exclaims what kind of reason is that, long distance relationship can work. Tsuyu shakes her head and says if she goes to a far place, he would still be the same liking himself/confident, but she doesn’t have self-confidence. [especially since that other girl likes him, I think] On the contrary, if the girl whom Mitsuya likes said ‘goodbye’, he will definitely be sad. Tsuyu says she is really happy to have met Ageha for it enables her to see Mitsuya many times again, face to face. Being together for a day, is now more than it was before. Right now, I really feel happy. A scene of Mitsuya teasing Tsuyu to give her bag to him. Tsuyu then looks sad and says, but this ‘happiness’ will also soon end, no, it has already ended. Ageha worriedly asks what does she mean. Tsuyu smiled at her and said, I have been persuaded by my aunt to go to a matchmaking date.

    At VBR, Yukari returns to find Mitsuya sleeping on the table. Yukari wakes him up and says he will catch a cold [if he sleep there]. Mitsuya wakes up and weakly says that Yukari has return. Yukari is surprised when Mitsuya coughs out loud. Yukari asks if he already has a cold. Mitsuya says it is nothing but his head aches. Yukari shouts for him to go to the clinic, what’s up with him. Yukari tries to find some cold medicine. Mitsuya says that he told about his past to Ageha already. Yukari looks surprised and asks what did he told her. Mitsuya smiles and says about Tsuyu and Ageha would have probably went to ask Tsuyu herself about it. Yukari sighs and tosses a box of medicine on the table. Yukari tells Mitsuya to be a bit honest, when Tsuyu had a broken leg, [before Tsuyu met Ageha] wasn’t he the one who brought flowers for her. Right now, you still like her, right? Mitsuya starts to tease Yukari saying he never thought that Yukari will be talking about love stuff. Yukari gets embarrassed and shouts for him to shut up, he has no right to tell him. The two were then surprised to hear someone loudly and hurriedly climbing up the stairs. Ageha slams the door open and calls out to Mitsuya. She slaps him. Mitsuya is shock as Ageha reprimands him that he is hiding his own feelings. He is always like a kid bullying someone. Do you know? Tsuyu is going to a matchmaking date! Mitsuya says, what, how can.. Mitsuya then faints and falls on the floor.

    A scene of young Mitsuya looking at young Tsuyu who is hurrying to some place. Ever since before, I can’t get that face out of my mind. At VBR, while gathering some shoe boxes, Ageha asks if Mitsuya’s health will be okay. Yukari, who is checking on a gown, tells her that it is just a cold and the doctor said that resting for 2-3 days, it will be gone. It seemed that they had forced him to rest at his house since he will keep on working if he stays at VBR. Yukari says there will be no problem if he went back home. After a pause, Ageha asks if Mitsuya will be okay. Yukari says didn’t he just said.. Ageha says about the thing with Tsuyu. Yukari looks a bit surprised and becomes thoughtful. He said that it is the two’s affair and they can’t really quite interfere. Ageha is a bit frustrated about this. Yukari thinks for a while and says that there is something he can do first to ‘force things’. He calls someone on the phone as Ageha wonders what he meant. Ageha thought Tsuyu, going to a matchmaking date is quite abrupt. At Mitsuya’s house, Shizuya bring some congee to his brother who is lying on bed. Mitsuya calls Shizuya to him. When Shizuya approaches him, Mitsuya quickly hugs him. Mitsuya shouts if he infects someone else with his germs, he will get better soon. Shizuya shouts that he is a third year student who is currently having exam [for college]. As Shizuya freaks out and goes out of the room, he shouts that his brother is stupid. He was such in a hurry that he fell down the stairs. Mitsuya just laughs and says Shizuya is really cute. He suddenly pauses then goes back to sleep. He then dreamt of young Tsuyu whom he always looking at.

    Flashback: A girl told young Mitsuya that the committee meeting is about to start. Mitsuya said he forgot something in class. When he is about to enter the classroom, he found Tsuyu by herself reading a book. He quickly hid from the door and thought, it is that girl. He peeked inside and why is she in class by herself after dismissal and he never seen her playing with others. He is surprised when Tsuyu started to look right and left. Then, she laughed about what she had been reading. Mitsuya blushed over this so he approached her and asked if she finds it interesting. He had also read it and he really liked it. He wanted to get close to Tsuyu so because of her, he has been going home late. After the committee meeting, Mitsuya is surprised that Tsuyu is still in school. Tsuyu embarrassingly said she always go home late. [obviously avoiding her mother] Since she had a hard time having friends, it is a good opportunity for him. He happily told not to stay at school, just go to his house. Tsuyu asked if she can. His sole wish is to make her stay beside him. Tsuyu happily looked at the bookcase in Mitsuya’s room and said that there are many good books. He told her that she can borrow the ones she like and if she is free, she can come to his house. So after school and during no school days, they spend time together playing with Shizuya and reading books. In those days, she looks quite energetic. She never told him about her family but it doesn’t matter to him. While reading, he glanced at her and found her looking at him. She become embarrassed that she quickly hid her face in the book. After a pause, she looked at him and smiled. He also smiled back at her which made her blush. They really had a great time together. It was like that everyday until they were in grade six.

    After class, Mitsuya asked if she would want to go to his house. But Tsuyu is staring into space then is surprised to see him. Mitsuya thought that she has been like that lately. He asked her again. Tsuyu apologized and said that she can’t because today her mother wanted her to come home early. She sadly said her mother doesn’t want her to come home late and that she should study hard. She laughed and said it is because she isn’t intelligent. Mitsuya asked how could that be, won’t she going up a level [he think she is failing]. Tsuyu laughed and said that isn’t it, since for her mother, if it isn’t ‘first’ in class, it has no meaning. Mitsuya is 5th in class while Tsuyu is 3rd. Mitsuya thought that it is the first time he actually heard her talk about her family and it seems that there is quite a problem between Tsuyu and her mother. Mitsuya said so how about next time. Tsuyu just laughed it off and said okay. And then, that day came. At Mitsuya’s house, Mitsuya asked Tsuyu why does she look listless lately. He is still confused as to what made Tsuyu cry all of a sudden and the only thing he can think of is to comfort her. He kissed her and wiped her tears from her face. He hugged her and confessed that he likes her. Tsuyu looked happy then suddenly freezes which Mitsuya noticed. She asked him to wait for a week for her answer. After she left, he wondered why does he have to wait for a week. Is it because the kiss is too fast. He started to blush over what he just did and he fell asleep wondering what kind of face would he show to her tomorrow. I really didn’t know what will happen after a week. Outside the school building, Mitsuya told Tsuyu that her listlessness can really make one really worried, so what is it. Facing away from him, Tsuyu said that there is something happening in her family so she was really busy. He asked what happened. Tsuyu said that he will know tomorrow and about what he asked before. Mitsuya become tense as Tsuyu faces towards him. She bowed and said, sorry. Mitsuya is stunned as Tsuyu ran away, crying. That day, he doesn’t know what had happened until the next day. The teacher told the class that Tsuyu has transferred school. Mitsuya was shock that he never heard anything about this and his mind went blank. It seemed that he heard something collapsed within him. End flashback.

    Mitsuya wakes up and thought that he had a bad dream. He hides inside his blanket then starts to cough loudly. This forces Mitsuya to climb out of the blanket. He thinks that having a cold is quite hard. He wonders if Tsuyu’s heart has gotten tired already. He then falls asleep again. Flashback: The other girl who likes Mitsuya also confessed to him and told him not to answer right away. Mitsuya told the girl to wait for a week for his answer. Mitsuya moped at his bed, thinking that this thing is quite a hassle. He then remembered Tsuyu’s apology. He wondered why Tsuyu didn’t say anything and just left. The next day, the other girl blushed and greeted him with a bow. The others were asking what is the matter as Mitsuya started to look dark. After a week, near the shoe lockers, Mitsuya apologized to the girl and said he still can’t. The girl cried and ran away. Mitsuya sighed and sat on the floor. He thought, what a relief, finally she let me be. He suddenly caught himself and wondered if Tsuyu also thought of the same thing as he did after the rejection. He tried to convince himself that Tsuyu isn’t that kind of person. He is in anguish as to why Tsuyu didn’t say anything. His heart is in turmoil.

    Soon, he is in junior high school, he was happily greeted by some girls as he passed by. He waved back at them and smiled. The girls thought that he was really cute. His two friends were surprised that Mitsuya is quite popular and those were second year students. Mitsuya has already learned that because of Tsuyu’s mother, being quite distant to Tsuyu that she has moved away with her father. It is really no big deal as he moved on. Mitsuya is talking with some girls about going to a movie. No, it should be because there is no other way he can go, he has become desperate because of his attachment to Tsuyu. No matter who the girl, I will do that unduly thing. A girl confessed to Mitsuya that she liked him and can they go steady. Mitsuya looked surprised then he smiled. He told the girl that he doesn’t know her. The girl is shock and ran off. He would then think that even after doing that, he doesn’t feel hurt at all. His heart only ached at that time when he got involved with Tsuyu. It must have been fate that he had met Yukari who had saved him. A scene of Mitsuya happily making a dress with Yukari. Then when they are now in high school [it seems they went to different schools], at VBR, Yukari exclaimed to Mitsuya that he has met an interesting person. Since Mitsuya kept on staring at him, Yukari asked what is the matter. Mitsuya asked did Yukari just grew taller. Yukari is really happy that Mitsuya noticed but he is still quite far from his father’s height. Mitsuya thought that Yukari looked really pretty. He asked so what about the person he met. Yukari happily said it is a girl in the same year as he is. She has glasses and easily get confused-not see straight [something like being clumsy] but her craftwork is really great. Mitsuya asked if Yukari had seen it.

    Yukari unwrapped something to show it to Mitsuya. It is a small crown. Mitsuya exclaimed that it is really great. Yukari said her house is far away, so next time, she will come to the store. Mitsuya smiles and thought, he can’t wait to meet her. Mitsuya asked so what is her name. Yukari froze and said, ‘duty/craft person’. Mitsuya realized that Yukari just forgot her name. He asked if she was cute. Yukari said being cute has a wide range of meaning. Mitsuya said he can’t wait to see her then. Later on, Yukari happily come back to the store to show off something new that Tsuyu made as both Mitsuya and Yukari’s father asked what is it. While sewing, Yukari told Mitsuya that ‘duty person’ is really great, she likes bishoujo [pretty girls like Ageha] and really passionate in making women’s wear. Mitsuya’s narration: Because of all this, it has made me quite interested with this person but I have never thought that person is someone I knew and she is the same as that person. In spring, second year high school, Yukari introduced ‘duty person’. Both Mitsuya and Tsuyu are surprised. Tsuyu quickly hide behind Yukari as she is shivering. Yukari asked her what is the matter. Mitsuya’s narration: Meeting her again, what should I be feeling but you want to escape again. [since she is hiding behind Yukari] Tsuyu peeks out to look at Mitsuya. Mitsuya thought but I’m not the same as before, if you are like that, then I would change the way I treat you. Mitsuya becomes Dark Mitsuya and coldly said, Tsuyu, you haven’t changed. Tsuyu looks a bit sad.

    Mitsuya’s narration: I won’t let you escape again. I won’t give you that opportunity again. Use the same way you have made me felt before. Use my existence to bind your heart. For me, it is something I cannot avoid doing. A scene of Mitsuya saying that her hair is quite short that it is like a hard helmet. Tsuyu is freaking out. Another scene of you have just come, why don’t you stay and chat for a while. [when she went to VBR just to see Ageha] Mitsuya is grabbing her bag as Tsuyu is again freaking out. Being a villain is also quite good, it is quite anticipated and enjoyable to be able to become together again. End flashback. Mitsuya wakes up again and thought it was another dream. He suddenly remembered what Ageha said about hiding his feelings, being like a child who is bullying someone and Tsuyu is going to a matchmaking date. He tells himself that it won’t be the same like before. He hears a loud knock on the door. It was Tsuyako. He happily hugs his dog and asks if it was worried about him. He says he is alright, and he is quite cute. Mitsuya is then surprised to see Tsuyu standing outside his room.

    So we finally know the reason why Tsuyu is quite afraid of Mitsuya whenever they meet. It is quite understandable to be acting that way after all, this is the guy whom she just dumped and left without saying a word. And well, for Mitsuya, since he is obviously quite hurt by what she did, I can’t blame him for wanting revenge by bullying her. Even so, they still like each other but it seems that Tsuyu’s aunt is pressuring her to get married hence the date. I’m thinking that Tsuyu thinks that Mitsuya cannot forgive her for what she did and that there is really no hope for her to be with him. That is why Ageha reprimands Mitsuya to stop doing those things for he might just lose Tsuyu again. Anyway, I think Tsuyu is indeed hard pressed. I can’t blame her for choosing to move away with her father since her mother is quite overbearing and tend to compare her to her younger brother. She is after all just an elementary student and it seems that just being with Mitsuya isn’t a good enough reason to bear all the suffering in her mother’s hands. Her only fault would be not clearing things with Mitsuya first before leaving that it made Mitsuya kept on thinking why she just left him without any word. She did avoid making him sad but then, she has made him ‘bad’ Hehe, it does seem that it is all because of her that Mitsuya has a dark side. ^^; Yukari did save him from sinking any further by giving him a goal in life and doing something he is interested in and also, thanks to Yukari, he gets to meet Tsuyu again. Even if Tsuyu doesn’t seem to have changed, she did changed her appearance. It is pretty much a contrast between the two. Mitsuya changed inside while Tsuyu changed outside because of what had happened. I kind of think that Mitsuya likes cute things since he is attracted to Tsuyu then Yukari and loves to hug his brother, dog and Ageha. =P For those who are celebrating, 新年快樂,紅包拿來 Haha

    Quote of the day:
    Love is like a puzzle. When you're in love, all the pieces fit but when your heart gets broken, it takes a while to get everything back together. ~ Author Unknown

    Weekly Jump Update:
    Bleach, Naruto, One Piece, D. Grayman, Reborn, Gintama and PSYREN

    Monday, February 4, 2008 @ 02:42 p.m.

    Nnoitra gloats to Kenpachi that he wasn’t stabbed through because of the hole in his eye in Bleach [c. 308]. Nnoitra is a bit surprised to see Kenpachi smiling over this. He tries to kick Kenpachi but Kenpachi just grabs his foot. Kenpachi apologizes for smiling because he is really happy to learn that Nnoitra can be cut after all and it would be quite boring if Nnoitra can’t be cut no matter how hard he tried. Kenpachi has become happy again as he fights with Nnoitra. Nnoitra is surprised by Kenpachi’s forceful attacks that he actually got wounded on the arm. Another round and Nnoitra is now wounded on the face. Kenpachi announces that he got used to Nnoitra’s tough skin. He said that he haven’t been fighting lately and thanks to Nnoitra, he managed to get warmed up so now he is going to thank him by defeating him. Another fight and Nnoitra got wounded on the shoulder. Nnoitra uses cero but Kenpachi just diverts it away with his hand. Nnoitra is shock and tries to stab Kenpachi just like what Kenpachi did through the eye but he misses as he only hits Kenpachi’s eye patch. Opps, that just made Kenpachi power up and Kenpachi slices him in half. I wonder if Nnoitra will survive that one. It actually made me think, does this mean that Ichigo is can really fight Nnoitra if only he wasn’t that beaten up. After all, Ichigo has beaten Kenpachi before or was that just a fluke? I guess next chapter would be a bit of follow up in case Nnoitra is still alive..just like the other two fights before.

    After getting ready, the two brothers fight in Naruto [c. 387]. It was a tie at first until Itachi got the upper hand. He didn’t even let Sasuke counterattack as Itachi pins him on the wall. Itachi then proceeds to grab Sasuke’s eye. Okay, I’m not going to believe it until I see the next chapter which might just reveal that this is again just an illusion. If it is real, I would just blame Sasuke’s stupidity for trying to fight against Itachi when his wounds aren’t even quite healed yet from his last fight. I do wonder if Itachi just want one eye only since Sasuke didn’t get the mangekyou. He does only need something to see with. Well, if that really happened, will Sasuke be sporting an eye patch later on? About apologizing before taking the eye, is that some Uchiha tradition, too? ^^;; This grabbing off eyes reminds me of Clamp. Haha. I can’t believe myself that I want this to be over with for I’m interested in Naruto and others vs Tobi/Madara. The author can actually prolong the brothers fight by making everything just illusion fighting.

    It is all about Brook’s past in One Piece [c. 487] and the importance of ‘that song’ which is his captain’s favorite. It is always played when they were with Laboon who kept on following them. Laboon is like part of the crew as he helps anyone who has gone overboard and they protect Laboon when it is attacked by sea monsters. They tried to leave Laboon since it is dangerous when they go to Grandline. To their surprise, Laboon went along with them. They stayed at the lighthouse where Crocus was until their ship is repaired. They bid Laboon goodbye and that they will be returning soon after 2-3 years. After three years, Brook is now all alone at the triangle. He collected all the skull of his nakama into one coffin as he remembered all the times they were together whether good or bad, that song is being played. He also remembered the day when their captain caught an incurable disease. The captain can only bid them goodbye and tell them to find another ship. He hopes that they can get out again and give Laboon his regards. Brook took this words to heart and they send him off while singing that song. So, as Brook stayed in that ship, remembering his captain’s words, he sang that song again. Hehe, I’m sure that will be Strawhats theme song later on. =P It’s really sad that they weren’t able to fulfill their promise to Laboon because of circumstances. It is really quite lonely to be in that ship as he remembered all the times he had with others. It is amazing that he still kept himself sane after all this and no wonder how happy he was when Luffy and others found him. I find it amusing that Brook pretty much look like what he is now as a skeleton – he was thin then and with sunglasses, it seems as if his eyes are hollow. Laboon is quite cute when it was still small. ^-^

    Allen looks at the level 4 akuma and sees what is emitting from it in D. Gray-man [c. 146] and it made him vomit from the sight. He starts crying that the level 4 akuma asks if he is crying. Johnny touches Allen’s hand apologizing and asking him to save the others. Allen holds his hand back as an assurance. The akuma asks what others. This made Allen angry and starts to attack the akuma. They passes by Noise and Bookman. Noise says it is an akuma. Allen shouts for Bookman to help the injured. The akuma realizes that he is in black order and since his existence is to kill, he will do just that. Allen hits him on the floor but the akuma moves to quickly that it just flicks Allen and it threw Allen back into the wall with such a force that Allen reverts back to his form – no clown. It seems that Reever and Bak are still alive. The akuma announces that he will start with Allen and then kill the rest. Allen vomits a bit of blood from internal bleeding as Ticampi is worried about him. Talk about over power up by just becoming level 4. Just one flick? So, would that make him the level of generals? Actually, would that make him a higher level than Noahs. Hehe, I guess this akuma will force the others to level up and more injuries/deaths coming up soon. Well, at least Bak and Reever managed to survive for now.

    As expected, Lal decides to fight off with Ginger in Katekyo Hitman Reborn! [c. 179]. It seems that Ginger’s box is spider based. He barred everyone from interfering/helping Lal by making spider webs around them. Lal manages to get the upper hand by using her centipedes but it turned out that the hit that Lal got from Ginger earlier has spiders in it. The spiders start to attack Lal from within her body. Ginger starts to badmouth about Colonello that he is always self-sacrificing even ends up ruining things. He got killed because he tried to protect Viper. It also happened when the Arcobaleno were born. A scene of the past wherein Reborn and others have gathered and Reborn said that they were followed. It was Colonello who wanted to be Lal’s substitute. Ginger laughs that Viper ended up committing suicide and Lal’s corrupted pacifier is also because of Colonello. Another scene from the past of Colonello telling Lal that he wanted to be cool and save her but it ended up being half-baked. He told her the curse will be reversed as long as she doesn’t use it. He asked if she would want to go with him. She protested that it made Colonello just pass it off as a joke. Before he left, he told her to get herself rid of the curse. Ginger adds that Lal is having a hard life is because of Colonello. This made Lal angry. Lal then decided to use her pacifier and apologized to Colonello for not fulfilling what he told her. I guess this is a common mistake of villains. They just have to badmouth someone important or close to the protagonist and in turn, this makes the protagonist so angry that he/she will beat the crap out of the villain. I do hope to see that in the next chapter. =P Also, maybe in the future chapters, more about the Arcobaleno. About Viper’s suicide, I wonder if it is possible to be just an illusion just for him to escape..he could have taken Colonello with him. I find it amusing seeing that scene of Colonello and Lal, since it really does seem to be quite rare to have scenes like that in shounen manga.

    Gin was made into an attendant for the ghosts going in the inn in Gintama [c. 198] . He isn’t doing quite well thus was summoned by the owner. Gin tries to complain about the hard work yet little pay = peanuts. He is easily overpowered by the owner’s ghost. Gin wants to show who’s boss to the owner and the female ghost, Rei wants to join him since she is also under compensated for the work she has been doing. Gin decides to use the three older ghosts as henchman to fight against the owner by ruining a valued customer’s bath. Since the three are enemies when they were alive, Gin manages to convince them to help him and stop fighting by throwing peanuts to them. They are sure easy to please. ^^; At the bath, once they are ready to attack the guest, the three attacked Gin with their fart and that is when Gin realizes that they were traitors. The owner turned out to be good buddies with the three older ghosts and so she knew of their plan. She then locks up Gin. In the cell, Gin hears people complaining about something stinks. Gin looks up to see ghosts of Otae, Shinpachi and Kagura. I guess with the three of them, Gin can fight against the owner. But why would they appear as ghost..when possessed, the original soul comes out? I guess the point of this arc is about being over work and under paid, one should complain. ^^;; And if you do, you better get the edge else, you might end up in a bigger problem like getting fired.

    Amamiya calls for someone for help in PSYREN [c. 8] as the other two also come back to the present. Amamiya has fainted so Yoshina [I will be using Yoshina instead of Ageha since I kept on thinking of VBR when I used that] answers the phone whom Amamiya has called. The woman tells Yoshina to wait for her for she is going there already. Yoshina wanted to bring Amamiya to the hospital but the woman said that Amamiya had just overused her powers. They wait at the park for the woman. Yoshina tells the others that the place they came from is the future. Of course, they didn’t believe him. They were interrupted when someone crashes a motorcycle. It is Matsuri whom semi-conscious Amamiya calls out to and tells not to drink and drive. Matsuri says she is going to take Amamiya home and congratulates the others but then will be called back to psyren later on. Asaga asks how many times will they be called back to go made to go there. Matsuri tells him when the load on the card becomes 0. They are not to tell anyone about it else they will be punished by Nemesis Q. Yoshina doesn’t quite trust Matsuri won’t let her take Amamiya before unless she say who she is but he was easily blasted away by Matsuri’s special power. Matsuri just assures them that she will answer the questions after Amamiya gets treated. Amamiya tells Yoshina not to worry. Matsuri then tells them that they will be sick – fever and nose bleeding because of exposure to psyren’s air. They will be okay if they sleep but that will awaken their power. Matsuri left before they get anymore answers. The older guy introduces himself as Kouji and that he will get the reward. He then heads home. Yoshina also wants to go home but Asaga wants to ask something. Asaga assures Yoshina that Matsuri isn’t a bad person because of the way she addresses Amamiya. It turned out that Asaga knew Yoshina and Amamiya when they were young during elementary. Yoshina was shock that he was the crybaby Asaga. Before leaving, they will talk more when Amamiya is better. At home, while washing up, Yoshina’s eyes are bloodshot and he starts to nosebleed. He also starts to have a fever of 38.5C. When his sister comes home, asking how is he, Yoshina is on bed and seems to have taken some medicine. He shouts that he is fine. Geez, if they become like that everything time they come from psyren, how could they keep it a secret. I guess in the future, the world has indeed become quite polluted. Well, that isn’t a surprise. I think Matsuri has already come from psyren so she knows all of these things. I guess more explanations coming up by next few chapters. Hehe, it does seem to be a copy of Gantz. Since Gantz has become quite gross, I like this version better.

    Quote of the day:
    Don't cry because it's over...Smile because it happened. ~ Dr. Suess

    Hana to Akuma [Chapter 6]
    Saturday, February 2, 2008 @ 10:01 p.m.

    [Scans are by Hiromao for BW. According to her, this series is back to chapter 1 since it is the start of a serial and the other three chapters before are considered a short series/story. So, instead of putting chapter 4 here, I will follow her lead and also use chapter 1 again but put official serialization at the side to differentiate with the old one and the new one. Edit: It seems that in the magazine, they are continuing the numbering and this is suppose to be chapter 6. Since the three other chapter plus side story, that will be four, it means that I'm missing a chapter. ^^; I guess that is why Hiromao is confused. Maybe it is in the volume, I'll check if it is out and uploaded by Chinese sites. In the meantime, I'll follow the magazine's numbering. ]

    Vivi is awaken by both Hana and Felton who happily greet him a happy new year. Vivi quickly goes back to sleep. Felton tells him that today is New Year so he should wake up early. Hana greets him a happy new year again and puts a flower on his head. Vivi complains that they should congratulate their brains, too noisy, go out and leave him alone. The flower is also pathetic. Felton says the truth is today they want to dress Hana up in a kimono but the maids doesn’t know how to do it. Hana says, Vivi, Hana wants to wear a kimono. Hehe, and can Vivi turn her down? At a Japanese house, someone calls out to his master that Vivi is on the phone. Ayame answers the phone and greets him a happy new year. Ayame says a few yes, then she seems gloomy. At Vivi’s castle, Ayame smiles though she is surrounded by a dark aura. Hana clinging on Vivi’s sleeve looks at Ayame worriedly but also have a dark aura. Tony is a bit nervous but it seems Vivi is oblivious about the two’s aura for each other. Vivi just pushes Hana towards Ayame and says, favor please. Hana also says favor please. Ayame says leave it to me. While having tea, Felton asks Vivi isn’t that woman named Ayame Nijou, what is she to him. Vivi didn’t get to answer as Ayame says sorry or keeping you waiting. Hana is now dressed up in a kimono. Felton is really happy that there are tears in his eyes. He says Hana is really beautiful, the two of them are really beautiful. Hana goes to Vivi who is still sleepy if the kimono is beautiful. Vivi just uninterestedly says that it is. Hana is really happy about it. She thanks Ayame. Ayame is surprised by this that she blushes a bit. She then goes to sit on the sofa.

    Felton suggests that they go out and play while Hana is wearing the kimono, since this is a rare day. Hana agrees. Vivi tells them that’s enough, the two of you. Hana asks so, where should we go. Vivi says, hey, didn’t you hear me? Vivi then turns to Ayame and apologizes for calling her out just for this reason. Ayame says it is the first time that he called her at daytime. Holding Ayame’s chin, Vivi says that today Ayame is also nicely dressed up. Ayame blushes over this and says it is the first day of the year but then, after this, what’s next, since this is a rare day, doesn’t he want to drink some blood. Scratching his head, Vivi stands up and starts to leave. He says since that is settle, I’m going back to sleep. Ayame is a bit disappointed about that. Hana asks Ayame where do people go on New Year. Ayame says there are usually the first prayers for New year. Hana says that’s right, it is the Hatsumode [first visit to the shrine], she has read it in a book. She tells Felton that she wants to go there. While walking, Vivi suddenly freezes when he hears this. Hana asks Ayame to come along with them. Hana calls out to Vivi to hurry up. Felton tells Hana to just let Vivi be. Vivi popped a vein and gloomily thought if Hana goes out, he will never be at ease. When she goes out before, there is never a good thing about it.

    At the shrine, there are many people and Vivi tags along with them. He gloomily thoughts what kind of akuma has to come for New Year activities. He really doesn’t understand and it is a sore sight for him. Hana exclaims that there are a lot of people. They all prayed at the shrine except for Vivi who just stood there. Felton then calls out to Hana who is still praying that they should go. Vivi thought that it is quite long. Felton asks Hana what did she pray for. To Vivi’s surprise, Hana is looking at him. Hana smiles at Vivi and says it is a secret. Vivi asks, huh, what is that. Hana asks what did Vivi pray for. Vivi says he didn’t pray. Felton shouts to Hana that there is a fortune telling there so let’s go. Hana quickly goes with him. Vivi shouts for them not to hurriedly go wherever they want. To Hana’s horror, she draws a bad luck fortune. Felton got little luck fortune. Felton tells Hana not to worry for she can just hang her bad fortune on a tree so that she can avoid the bad luck. Some girls are trying to hang their bad fortune on the tree. Being a playboy, Felton offers to help them do it. While the girls are happy that Felton is helping them tie their fortune on the tree, Hana looks around and notices that Vivi isn’t around. While Felton is asking Hana if it is okay for him to put the fortune there, Hana starts to wander around by herself. She becomes depressed that she and Felton just went there on their own. Someone grabs her hand and she thought it was Vivi. It turns out to be just Felton. Felton tells her not to walk on her own. He then asks why does she look quite gloomy like that as if she is in despair. Felton gives Hana a hot drink which was being given to people. They were sitting down and Felton tells her it is okay they will be able to meet with Vivi and others later on, since this shrine isn’t that big. While holding her drink, Hana sadly says yes but she just got a bad luck fortune.

    Together with Ayame and Tony, Vivi says, uh oh, we got separated. Ayame says it is okay since this is just a small shrine, they will meet each other later on. Vivi gloomily says it isn’t easy as that. Tony also says that’s right. Vivi thought it is also the same as before, when they go out, Hana will be alone and doing all sort of things. Scene 1 – Vivi and Tony looked down a bridge to see young Hana all alone on a boat floating along the river. Scene 2 – They were looking all over the place for young Hana who is just sleeping behind some bushes. Scene 3 – Young Hana has climb up on a lamp post. Tony shouted for her to stay there, he is coming. Unfortunately Hana has already fell down. Vivi angrily thought that it is always quite a hassle if Hana goes out, nothing good happens. A note says that Vivi is thinking too much. As Vivi and Tony are looking around, Ayame looks sadly at Vivi. An old guy bumps into Ayame that she loses her footing. Vivi holds her up and asks if she is alright, she shouldn’t get herself lost, too. Ayame holds on to him and thanks him. At the bench, Hana happily says that she has found Vivi. Felton says really, where. Hana points out to Vivi and says, look there..with Ayame. Hana looks surprised to see Vivi who seems to be hugging Ayame. Hana shouts, no..Vivi..no. Vivi turns around and sees Hana. To his shock, Hana suddenly faints and falls on the ground. Vivi quickly hurries to Hana and calls out to her. He asks what happened. Vivi angrily grabs Felton’s collar and shouts you fool, what did you do to Hana. Felton looks scared and says he didn’t do anything, maybe he was the one who did something. They all freezes when Hana moans. They all look at Hana and she is drooling. Vivi says asleep already. Felton says it could be because he gave her some sake to drink but then, that would mean she’s drunk. Felton becomes nervous as Vivi is looking at him with a dark face. Vivi steps on Felton as Vivi prepares to beat him up. =P

    It seems, getting Hana to go out, is never a good thing. Scene 1 – when Hana was in that boat alone, he flew in order to save her but because she held on him so tight, he fell on the river and ended up looking like a wet bird. Vivi said, let go as Hana is still hugging on him. Scene 2 – when Hana has fallen asleep, he spent the whole night looking for her. Hana woke up and greeted Vivi a good morning. Scene 3 – after falling the lamp post, Tony is shock that Hana’s leg is broken as Vivi is carrying Hana. That time is the same. This time is the same. This child really makes me go round and round. Because of this, I hate it when Hana and others go out. Vivi is carrying Hana piggybank style as he heads to the carriage where Felton and Tony are happily waiting. In the carriage, Hana wakes up and says that it seems she has seen a scene [Vivi hugging Ayame] that she really doesn’t want to see. Even if it doesn’t seem to be anything, but her chest, it seems to be in pain. Vivi asks what is it. Hana says it could be because she drew that bad luck fortune. Vivi says how could that be, just like today, if I’m by your side, how could there be bad luck. Hana looks at him in surprise as Vivi smiles at her. Hana smiles back and says, so that is how it is. At her house, Ayame’s butler greets Ayame back and asks how was the Hatsumode. Ayame says that she has seen something that she doesn’t want to see. A scene of Vivi holding unconscious Hana. Ayame says that before returning, she drew a fortune and it seems that she shouldn’t believe in this thing. She got a huge luck fortune. Slightly smiling, Ayame adds that there’s nothing good about the start of the New year. Last scene is of Vivi happily looking out of the window as Hana is sleeping soundly while they are still in the carriage.

    It does seem that a love triangle is forming as Hana and Ayame are both jealous of each other when Vivi shows affection or seems to show affection for the other. I kind of think that Vivi doesn’t know about the two ‘competing’ for him. I can pretty much guess that Hana prays that she will be always be with Vivi just like before. It made her quite frightened to see Vivi and Ayame together like that as if Vivi is going to leave her. I still don’t think that Vivi’s affection for Hana is romantic yet for he seems to be just taking care/babysitting a younger sister. But then, Ayame would seem to be just food for Vivi. =P I do wonder how they met. I’m thinking that Ayame does like Vivi else why would a rich refined lady let herself become food for an akuma. In the end, whether they got a good luck or a bad luck, it is still the same, they have both seen something they do not want to see. Hehe Amusingly, they are both humans and unless something happens, it is impossible for them to be with Vivi who is an akuma. Vivi is really sweet even if he is always irritated and everything, he still go out of his way for Hana. Well, he does seem to care for Ayame, too for catching her from falling like that. Haha, no wonder Vivi is really uneasy when Hana goes out after being hassled over the things that Hana ends up with. This made me think that Hana surely have a home tutor or something rather than go to school. She does love to read books. Anyway, it seems this series is using holidays as a theme for the story. Hehe, I can’t wait for Valentine’s Day. =P

    Word of the day:
    When with expectancy we pray according to God’s will, we’ll see Him working in our lives His purpose to fulfill. ~ Sper

    The One [Chapter 43]
    Friday, February 1, 2008 @ 08:55 p.m.

    Eros asks Lele what if he was the one on the photo. Lele looks surprised. Upon hearing this ‘confession’, she remembers all times she had spend with him starting to the time he teases her for being a model, looking at the sky [park], picking her up after she fell onstage, when he was at her house, crying when he asks about the cat [in Japan], and the kiss. She has always been chasing after Angus but then, the one on her mind has always been Eros. So, if he is the one in the photo.. Lele starts to look all sparkling and happy. To her surprise, Eros tells her from that stupid sparkling look, it is mostly likely she is in love. Eros laughs so you do like me ever since before. This embarrasses Lele that she shouts that he is teasing her again. Eros laughs who told you to be easily teased. Lele shouts for him to return the photo. Eros shouts but it is already thrown away, but didn’t she want to throw it away. Lele shouts, it isn’t the point, just give it back, you stinky bum. Lele tries to chase after Eros but he is too fast for him so she gets infuriated by this. She doesn’t know why but from her heart, she wants to believe that joke of Eros and that no matter what Eros did, she can’t bring herself to hate him. Cold hearted Eros the director, not so serious bum Yin [Silver] which one is your real self, I want to understand you more. At Central Park, Lele points out to some bums on the benches. She exclaims it is his comrades and that is the place where she met him. Eros says of course because that is bum’s paradise. To Eros’s surprise, Lele says, so she should happily greet them and which one is his friend. Lele proceeds to go to them that Eros quickly pulls her collar from behind to stop her. Eros shouts does she want to get hit, these are the people whom she should stay away from, don’t think that all of the bums are like him. He warns her that these people are really poor and it isn’t like they are playing around, if someone like her who is like a ‘lamb’ goes there, who knows what will happen.

    Lele looks at him in surprise and asks, does being poor really change people to become really scary. Eros asks haven’t she been really hungry, it is when one cannot eat anything and in order to survive, one would even discard his own pride. Lele thought that she would never know what it is like because she has never experienced it – it isn’t the world where she existed in – but for Eros, why -- Eros then offers her a hotdog. He tells her to eat when she has an opportunity to do so. Holding on the hotdog, Lele says she understands what he just told her but to be honest, she was told to reduce [go on a diet] because the companies want her to lose 5 pounds. But she is now really hungry and she can never imagine what it is like not to eat for a number of days. Eros looks at her waist and thighs and says that her waist and thighs are a bit off by .05 inch. She is a model and not a bum. She should really reduce her weight. He quickly snatches the hotdog back. Lele is shock and asks him to just give her a bite, a bite is no big deal. Lele is trying to get the hot dog back but Eros kept on waving it away from her that she can’t get it. [He’s just too tall for her] Lele shouts does he want him to become a model who died of starvation. [anorexia] Eros says she is still too early to die of that. Lele only manages to get his hat. Somehow they are now on the stairs as Lele is still not giving up on her hotdog. She shouts that he is really un-human, silver-eyed monster. Eros says he can’t do anything about that since he is also from the same industry and he can’t bear to see models having excess fat so why don’t she use this opportunity to know what it is like to be hungry. Lele then manages to get his sunglasses but she loses her footing. As she is about to fall down, in fright, Eros quickly holds her with both hands to stop her from falling. Lele blushes and her heart beats too loudly because Eros is too close to her. Eros smiles and hugs her tighter. He asks if she is trying to seduce him because of the way her heart is beating. Lele nervously thought oh no, I can’t stop my heart from beating too loudly. Lele closes her eyes as Eros holds her face and kisses her. Lele thought, this guy is also a ‘big wolf’.

    Someone interrupts them when a guy who looks like a painter asks if he is Yin. He says that he has been paying attention to him even if Yin is now tall and looks strong, his form/figure from the back is still the same [I think he knows because he is a painter] and Yin has silver eyes that even if he died, he won’t ever forget. The man says he is Stanley, does he remember, the Stanley whom he protected when they were young while at the asylum/holding facility. This surprises Lele and makes Eros a bit nervous. Stanley says he never seen anyone who can hit another that hard yet Yin is nice to him that Yin would even share him the food that he had stolen. This surprises Lele even more. Stanley cries and says he is really happy since he is able to see him again. Eros flatly denies that he is Yin by saying that Stanley is mistaken. Stanley tries to protest but Eros says he doesn’t know any Stanley nor did he stayed at the asylum. Stanley says but his eyes. Eros quickly grabs Lele’s hand and starts to leave as Stanley calls out to him. When they are far away, Lele is quite breathless since Eros is walking too fast for her. Lele exclaims what is that about, that guy just called him Yin, doesn’t he know him, why did he pretend that he doesn’t know him. Eros let go of her hand and walks a bit further from her, but he doesn’t turn around. Lele asks more questions and says didn’t he have a foster father, then why is he in an asylum. His birth father was the one who took care of Angus so why didn’t he took care of him, too. Eros looks at her and says that she seems to have heard a lot. This surprises Lele so she quickly apologizes. Eros says she doesn’t need to apologize for it isn’t a secret that Angus is taken in by their birth father while he is adopted by Taylor. He asks her to forget about what happened today and not to tell anyone about it especially Angus. Lele asks why. Eros says that he doesn’t want Angus to be sad. After their mother died, Angus thought that he [Eros] is doing well with the foster father but the truth is, before meeting with Taylor, he has been staying at both the foster family and the asylum. This is what Angus didn’t know. Lele is surprised by this and asks why didn’t his father [take him in].. Eros slightly smiles and says that’s simple, because I’m the ‘discarded’ one. Lele looks at him sadly and thought, smiling when he said ‘discarded’, it feels as if her heart was pulled out. Even if there are many questions that she wanted to ask, she didn’t dare ask anymore for she knew that Eros has decided whole-heartedly to protect his younger brother.

    Lele arrives back at her apartment. Leo angrily shouts at her that he saw it, she was together with her prince, why are they together. Lele smiles and says that she just met him on the home and she has brought some dinner. Biting into a cloth, Leo asks if he can believe her that she really didn’t do anything to take advantage of Eros. Lele nervously laughs and says what is he saying, didn’t Eros already have Feidna. Lele thought but then, why did he kissed her. Leo didn’t notice that Lele is really red. Lele remembers Eros touching her face and asked her if he can trust her..can she keep this a secret for him. Leo says that’s right, Lele is no match for Feidna that she can’t even pass that test by Zac so the difference is really huge. Lele cries over this. Leo pats her head and says it can’t be helped since she is still a newbie so how about she goes to the Zac party with him. Lele is surprised by this. Leo says even if she isn’t famous yet, it is good to go to a place to know everyone and to open her perspective. In some room, Zac is looking over a picture of a guy and touches the guy’s lips. Zac says, it has been quite a long time, why is it that I can’t forget you, Ye.. At his apartment, Angus is heavily exercising. Yang comes with some drink and a towel. Yang tells him to rest a bit for he has been exercising for quite a long time already. Didn’t he hate the feeling of being sweaty. Why does he want to build up his body lately and in such a hurried pace. Angus takes a drink and says he want to change his body’s shape. Yang asks why when he looks great already. Angus says it isn’t enough because he isn’t flexible enough and he is too pale..he wants to have a body like his brother. Yang blushes and says ah, Eros..well, his body can be said to be the model of all male models. Angus angrily says that it is true for Eros’s muscled body is really nice but Eros doesn’t go to a gym and he never seen him do any kind of exercises at home. Yang sweatdrops and asks how could that be, how could he become like that if he didn’t do any exercise. This infuriates Angus that he throws away the drink he is holding. Angus shouts, how should I know? Eros just said that he is ‘natural born’ that way. Natural born, my foot, I’m you’re twin! OOXX!

    While they are walking, Lele asks if she really can go to the party. Leo tells her that it is just a gathering so no need to worry. Lele says that isn’t it, it is because Zac doesn’t like oriental models so if she goes. Leo says relax, Damien [Zac’s name, I wrote it wrong before as Paymian] is just an short old man, nothing to be afraid of. Lele is still unconvinced so she asks does Leo know why Zac doesn’t like oriental models, is he discriminating against asian models. Leo laughs and says that’s not it. The rumor in the industry is that old Damien had fallen for a male oriental model. That guy was gay but the guy already has a girlfriend. Since the model isn’t married yet, Damien thought that he has a chance. During work, Damien would court this guy. A scene of Damien, surrounded by bodyguards, holding a rose to the guy model who is about to go out of the limo. Unfortunately for Damien, the guy is working with his girlfriend who is also a model. The two are always close that Damien has no opportunity to get the guy. Damien then decided to shower the guy gifts and money. He gave him a watch and invited him out on a dinner date. It is Damien’s plan to get the guy to have a ‘one night stand’ with him. He wanted to play with the guy then talk about the consequences later. Lele is getting nervous over the story. Leo says that Damien thought that it is easy to seduce models with material wealth. Damien never thought that the one who will go on that dinner date would be the girlfriend. It is rumored that the woman is really great that when she says something, Damien cannot answer back at her.

    The scene of that fateful day at the candlelight dinner. The woman smiled and said, hi boss ♥, sorry, ‘my guy’ cannot come over today. Damien freaked out and shouted, why are you here, where’s Teng Ye. [In case you have forgotten, Teng Ye is Lele’s father and that woman is of course, none other than Lele’s awesome mother, Fei Yi ^-^] Fei Yi smiles and says she has already used up all of Teng Ye’s ‘physical strength’ [sex] until he was exhausted so he is now dead asleep. Fei Yi moved closer to Damien and said if you manages to get Teng Ye for the date, I’m afraid he won’t be able to ‘satisfy’ you anymore, ‘boss’ ♥. Damien is embarrassed and he was angry for being taunted by Fei Yi. Damien pointed at her and shouted, you’re really brave, aren’t you afraid that I can make your [and Teng Ye] work in New York disappear just like that. Fei Yi said, make them disappear if you want to, do you think I give a damn. You perverted old man, daring to take my Teng Ye. Damien is freaking out and is quite speechless. Fei Yi smiled at him and said, too bad you didn’t even investigate something properly. Damien asked what is it. Fei Yi said, Teng Ye..no matter a man or a woman..he only likes people with ‘long legs’. She said it while looking at Damien’s short legs. She continues, so, you really don’t have a chance. This zaps Damien who is now crying over this. Fei Yi showed him the watch she is wearing. It is the one that Damien gave to Teng Ye. Fei Yi said, and this watch, I’m going to take it, and just treat it as his wedding gift to them. Damien cried and shouts, we—we-wedd-ing?! Fei Yi blushes and smiles which made Damien a bit ill. Fei Yi happily said that she is now pregnant with Teng Ye’s baby.

    So, Eros ended up passing it as a joke. He really loves to tease Lele. I kind of think that her naiveté is partly from her father side because her mother is really wise to the ways of the world. Eros stole another kiss from Lele. He may tease that Lele likes him but in fact, he is the one who likes her. Hehe, maybe unconsciously. About her wondering which one is the real one, I think both are the same. She just didn’t know that bum Eros is the side that he only shows to Lele. The cold-hearted director is what Eros shows to everyone else. Thanks to Stanley, Lele gets to know more of Eros’ past. We already know that he had a bad past. I’m guessing he didn’t get along with his foster family which isn’t Taylor, that he stays at both the asylum and at his foster family. Since Stanley mentioned about stealing, I’m guessing that Eros was stealing something before so he got shot at. My guess before is that he is running away from some home which maltreats him. From Stanley’s story, Eros disappear later on so that could be when he got shot and probably Taylor adopted him after that. I feel sorry for Eros though. I think his parents separated and each one got the other twin. Unfortunately for Eros, his mother forgot about him and his father won’t take him in. No wonder he turned out to be quite cold-hearted and it must have been a really hard life. Even so, it didn’t made him really bitter at his brother that he even keeps it a secret from Angus to protect him from being sad over what really happened.

    I guess Eros get muscular because of his hardships when he was young. ^^; Angus is really serious about his job now and he is really funny getting infuriated about not knowing and Eros’ teasing that he was like that because it is natural born. Ah, Leo, if he only knew that his roommate is the one that his prince likes. =P It is nice of him that he invites Lele along to the party. That pretty much destroys my earlier theory before but then, making it into this is also fun. The author incorporated Lele’s parents in the story as to what happened while they were working her. Hahaha..I’m really amused with that last part of the chapter. Fei Yi is really great in keeping her boyfriend especially since Teng Ye is a gay magnet..well, he is gay. ^^;; She not only snags him away from Lou Shang, she can also guard him tightly and can thwart the plans of other suitors especially rich ones like Damien. Fei Yi is one step ahead of Damien and doesn’t cower at any of Damien’s threats. She even ‘insults’ him about his height that he will never be Teng Ye’s type as punishment for trying to get her boyfriend and for the final blow, she made his gift watch into a gift for their wedding. She got the upper hand when she announces that she is pregnant and they are going to marry. What Leo said is true, true out that scene, Damien’s mouth is always open at utter shock. Haha, Fei Yi is really something. I really wonder what would Damien’s reaction would be when he learns that Lele is the daughter of his most feared enemy that made him dislike oriental models. Haha, but then, she is also the daughter of his crush so maybe he won’t dislike oriental models anymore thanks to Lele. I also wonder what would Lele’s reaction would be when she learns who was the one Damien had a crush on. If the party is at Damien’s house, I’m sure Lele would be thinking, why is my dad’s picture here. Hehe Too bad that the next chapter would be out on March, I already can’t wait to read what happens next. ^-^ Scans by Yukiru for BW.

    Quote of the day:
    Some people dream of success while others wake up and work hard at it. ~ Author Unknown

    Bokutachi wa Shitte Shimatta [Chapters 8-10]
    Thursday, January 31, 2008 @ 09:13 p.m.

    At night, Kotori is playing with her DS game. Hikaru asks if he can kiss her. Choices: 1 – if after three days, this feeling haven’t changed, sure why not ♪ 2 – can you close your eyes. 3 – how about we eat some ice cream? Kotori was thinking which choice should she pick and it is okay if she chose wrong [since it is just a game]. Then, Yukito sends her an email on her phone asking what is she doing. She wants to type playing her game but decides not to. She ponders what should she write – sleeping would be too early. She decides to type a long email asking what Yukito is doing and that she just came home from walking the dog. She also writes about her dog. Just when she just sent it, she gets a reply back. Yukito writes back, is that so, I’m going to sleep, good night. Kotori frustrates over Yukito’s swift reply that it seems he haven’t even read what she wrote. She then wonders what if it is Yukito instead of Hikaru asking, can I kiss you. She blushes and wonder when would that next time be again [kissing], she doesn’t know what people who are going steady do. At the subway station, Kotori is surprised to see Yukito waiting for her. Yukito tells her that his bicycle is broke and he wants to go to school with her. He says he also go home together with her. Kotori blushes over this. Kotori begins to say that she forgives him about yesterday’s email. Yukito asks what does she meant. Since Yukito is clueless, Kotori says never mind. Yukito kept on asking what it is. While they were inside the crowded train, Kotori is cringing at the side that Yukito pulls her to him and tells her not to stand so far away from him. Yukito holds her hand as Kotori thought she is more nervous now about it compared to when they went to the arcade. Suddenly, the train stops abruptly. Yukito quickly holds her hand but to his surprise, Kotori still slammed her face on the door. To Yukito’s shock, he is holding a different person. They both thought that was quite embarrassing as Yukito asks if she is alright.

    As they arrive at school, Kotori thought that it is quiet again so she musters her courage and asks if he wants to eat lunch together. Yukito says he has something to do around that time but if she is willing to wait for him, he will quickly go there. Kotori says she will wait and asks what would he like to eat. Kotori thought that ever since having a boyfriend, things have started to change..it isn’t the same as before anymore. During lunch, Kotori goes to the canteen and there are many students. She find a ‘bomb’ sandwich which is shaped like a ball. She sees the last one and is about to get it when Harada quickly grabs it ahead of her. Kotori is utterly shock as Harada leaves with her friend who praises Harada and said that Kotori deserves it for taking the guy Harada likes. Someone calls Kotori and gives her a ‘bomb’ sandwich. It is a beautiful girl who tells Kotori that she had one too many. Kotori asks her to wait but the girl says the money doesn’t matter. Kotori thanks her and thought that this bishoujo [beautiful girl] with boyish style [gentlemanly] yet even if she is bishoujo, why does she carry two ‘bomb’ sandwiches in one hand. Kotori is then shock to see the girl entering their classroom. Kotori thought so that’s the reason, though she didn’t notice her before. Yukito comes from behind and tells her that they eat outside, upstairs. Kotori thought that this is the first time she is going to eat with someone. At the roof, Kotori says there is no one there. Yukito says that’s right. Kotori says how about we go somewhere else. Yukito says why. Kotori gets a bit embarrassed as Yukito darkly says he thinks the place isn’t bad. They sit in the corner as Kotori wonders what should they talk about. She begins to think that he might be thinking she is quite boring when she realizes that he is looking at her. Kotori quickly asks if he wants to eat her sandwich, she’ll share him half of it. Yukito touches her hair. Kotori blushes and wonders what that is about. To her surprise, Yukito asks, can I kiss you? Kotori is shock that she closes her eyes and wonders what should she do. She is about to tell him to wait when Yukito looks at her neck. He looks surprised and apologizes that it’s [feeling] gone and that he has something to do so he’s going ahead. This surprises Kotori as she wonders what did she do wrong. Looking on the ground, she notices a broken chain. She quickly touches her neck and realizes that her necklace is gone. She stands up and the other piece of the chain falls down. She thought that it broke and the pendant is nowhere to be found.

    Downstairs, Yukito’s friend asks him isn’t he with Kotori. Yukito gloomily looks at his friend and asks, for girls if the two are together, doesn’t it hint that they can be a bit lovey-dovey. His friend asks what is the matter but Yukito doesn’t want to say it because he felt he was just rejected. He notices a girl with a pendant and says it is cute. The girl happily says it is a gift from her boyfriend. He asks what would he like better that pendant or some animal style one. The girl says she haven’t seen an animal style one but for her, she would find it quite boring. Yukito becomes more gloomier and asks really. The girl says yes but if it is given by her boyfriend, no matter what it is, she will be happy about it as long as it doesn’t look too strange. The girls then laugh about the weird things that boys give and they aren’t even a bit pretty. His friend tells Yukito that isn’t his style so what happened. Yukito is mum about it. Then, his friend sees Kotori passing by. He calls her and says that Yukito is all gloomy so what happened. Kotori is surprised by that. Embarrassed, Yukito quickly grabs his friend’s shoulder and says stu..stop being nosy, it has nothing to do with her. Pushing his friend aside, Yukito asks if they can go home together for he wants to accompany her. Kotori blushes and remembers him asking about wanting to kiss her, she quickly apologizes and that she wants to go home alone. She closes her eyes and thought that if he asked that again, she doesn’t know how to answer. Yukito says, okay then quickly leaves. Kotori is surprised by that then she realizes what she just said seems like a rejection. She begins to fret over this as she gloomily thought of her broken necklace. After school, Yukito’s friend asks if he has time, they can go out and play. Yukito says he doesn’t have time. Abe says if he wants to go to a group date, just call him. This made Yukito put Abe’s head in a head grip. Some other girls also ask Yukito how about they go out. Abe asks how about it. Yukito sees Kotori in front of him and decides to go with the others.

    Kotori goes back to the arcade and tries to get the pendant necklace from the ufo catcher but she kept on failing at it. She wonders if Yukito will be angry at her because of the broken necklace. She then thinks that Yukito and others are out together. She overhears a couple of boys shouting that they got two but the most is five. They left and Kotori approaches it. It is a Chupa Chups vending machine wherein if you put a coin, you can get from 2-5 lollipops. She puts in a coin and thought if she gets 5 lollipops that would mean that Yukito won’t mind about the broken the necklace and about that going home alone, she will apologize. She presses the button and wonders what if it isn’t 5, does that mean she won’t apologize. To her shock, she actually got 5 lollipops. At some restaurant, the others ask Yukito what should they do next though Yukito doesn’t seem to be listening. Yukito snaps out of it and asks what is it. His friend says after drinking where should they go. Yukito says anywhere is okay. A girl asks what is the matter with him for he doesn’t look energetic. Is he really going out with Kotori. Yukito says generally. The girl asks what does it mean, did he confess but then, they have nothing in common to be going on steady. Yukito says yes he confessed but it is none of her business [pointing about not being similar]. Someone asks if he clearly say that they are going steady. A girl says she has a friend who had confessed but didn’t say, ‘let’s go steady’ so their relationship didn’t even progress a bit. Abe says he also have heard about this. To the surprise of others, Yukito gloomily says it seems he didn’t say it. Someone calls out saying he looks dark. Yukito turns around and it is a light color haired boy whom Yukito calls Kera. Kera asks if it is over between him [Yukito] and his girlfriend, isn’t that the shortest record. Yukito says it isn’t over yet and what is he doing here. The girls are saying that Kera looks good and if he is Yukito’s friend. Kera says me, seeing you like that makes me want to show this. Kera shows off his girlfriend to Yukito by showing her picture on his mobile phone. Kera says look, my girlfriend, every detail is good and she’s very cute. Kera looks satisfied and says goodbye. This made Yukito shout what does that mean. The girl with them looks depressed that Kera already has a girlfriend and made her look like a fool. Abe asks who it is. Yukito says it is his friend from before, his name is Kera Masaki. He then remembers Kera asking is it over? Yukito shouts out loud, ah, really!

    At the arcade, Kotori is still thinking how should she email Yukito her apology. The first one she did was too long-winded while the other one is too short with just a smiley crying out sorry. Kotori quickly hides behind the ufo catcher when she sees Yukito and others going in. She wonders if she should apologize right there. She thought that he looks quite happy and unlike the girl with them, she can’t even touch Yukito like that. The girl is just touching Yukito’s arm. Just then, Yukito’s friend exclaim that he forgot his mobile phone at school so he asks Yukito if he can borrow his bicycle. Yukito agrees as his friend leaves. This surprises Kotori as she looks out and sees that Yukito’s bicycle is indeed fine. She realizes the effort that Yukito has been making to get close to her – pretending his bicycle is broke so that he can go to school with her, riding the bicycle with her when they go to the arcade and getting the necklace from the ufo catcher. She decides that she must find the pendant for all the things that Yukito did for her and if it isn’t the one that Yukito gave her, she doesn’t want it. Abe looks surprised over something that Yukito asks what is it. Abe says it is such a strange game, does he want to play it. To Yukito’s dismay, it is ‘Memories of Falling in Love’ fighting game. Yukito ‘headgrips’ Abe’s head again in frustration. Looking at Hikaru’s picture, Yukito thought I won’t ever lose to you. A girl asks how about they take pictures in the photo sticker booth. Yukito thinks for a while and opens his mobile phone which has the photo sticker of him, Kotori and Hikaru. He wonders what is Kotori doing. At school, Kotori searches for the pendant underneath the shoe lockers, under the chairs in the classroom and canteen. She thought if it broke in school, it should be here. She is a bit scared since no one is around. She thought that she had looked all of the places then she remembers the roof. She looks on the ground and there is no sign of it. She sees a small ‘alley’ in between two structures and wonders if the wind could have blown it there. She sees something so she squeezes herself in to get it. It turns out to be just a piece of trash. Kotori then tries to get out again but finds herself a bit stuck. She kept on squeezing until finally she is out except for her buttocks. No matter how hard she tries to get out, it won’t bulge. She begins to imagine that since no one goes there, they might someday find a girl skeleton stuck in between. She thought she doesn’t want that to happen and calls out if is someone out there.

    Suddenly her phone is ringing so she remembers it and tries her best to reach it. It is Yukito who is calling. He wonders why she isn’t answering then he hears a voice saying save me. Yukito calls out her name. She asks him to save her for she doesn’t want others to see...her buttocks.. Yukito is confused as to what happened until he arrives at the roof and sees Kotori’s situation. He tries to suppress his laughter as Kotori pleads him not to laugh. Pulling her hands, Yukito says what is she doing, she is really an interesting person. He manages to pull her out that she bumps into him. Yukito blushes and quickly turns and says okay, let’s go home. Kotori then apologizes to him. While walking to the hallway, Kotori says the necklace broke and she can’t find the bird pendant so after school, she tried to find it. Yukito is surprised and realizes that this is why Kotori doesn’t want to go home with him. He tells her that thing isn’t important and since it is from the ufo catcher, that thing easily broke. Kotori says she can’t because Yukito had a hard time getting it and it is important to her. Yukito is a bit pleased over this and tells her not to have that expression for he will just get something else for her. At the door, they were surprised that it is raining heavily. Since they both don’t have umbrellas, they decided to wait it to stop. Kotori thought that it is the same as in the afternoon, it is too quiet. Kotori notices that Yukito moves away from her. She is puzzled why he did that. What did I do wrong? I did a lot of stupid things today. She wonders what should they talk about. Then, she has an idea, taking one of the lollipop, she asks Yukito if he wants one. To her surprise, Yukito just said the same thing and also offers her a lollipop. Yukito laughs about this. Kotori says she just won 5 of them. Yukito is surprised and says he also did. Yukito says he has a lot of them and shows her the lollipops that he won. Yukito tells her that he wants to give her a cute jewelry but he wasn’t successful and only manages to win those lollipops. Kotori blushes over this and asks if she can stand beside him. Yukito says he can’t else he would want to kiss her. If there is no one else around, I would want to kiss you, is that alright? Kotori looks down and asks why does he have to say it that way. He asks if he can. She looks at him and then down as she doesn’t know how to answer. He offers her a lollipop and says if she really wants to go steady with him, the next weekened, let’s go on a date. If she agrees then she’ll get the lollipop. Kotori looks at him in surprise. At home, Kotori starts to undress while thinking that Yukito isn’t the same calm Yukito before as if what he says isn’t smooth as before. After that [giving her the lollipop], they didn’t talk anymore. She then notices something in her bra. She then finds the bird pendant which was there all along.

    At school, Kotori is chatting with Hikaru again talking about the pendant. Hikaru suggests that she doesn’t tell Yukito so that she can get something new from him. She doesn’t want to since Yukito already had a hard time with the other one. Kotori types about the kiss if he said ‘yes’ then they kiss is that okay. Kotori wonders if he said ‘no’. Hikaru types but she doesn’t have the guts to do it. Kotori types that she have a hard time with it because she easily becomes all red that Yukito would wonder what’s up with her. Hikaru types but then at that time, things will go smoothly and it will be quite cute. Looking at her lollipop, Kotori says she is irritated with herself for becoming flustered when she thinks of Yukito. Hikaru types but Kotori did agree to go on a date. Kotori types that she did and for she doesn’t want Yukito to hate her over this. Is she weird for thinking that way. Just then, a soccer ball bumps her foot. Yukito picks it up and says he will just email her the place and time they will meet for the date tomorrow. Kotori just said yes. Yukito goes back to play ball with the others. Kotori blushes and thought that she was really surprised. She doubts things will go smoothly tomorrow. Hikaru then types I might not be able to chat with you now so next time, tell me what happened to your date. Kotori types why. Hikaru types that something important is up and right now, [he/she] isn’t quite sure about it. Kotori types is that so, let’s chat again next time. Hikaru wishes her luck for the date. In Yukito’s room, he is tossing and turning in his bed. It seems he just got home. He says out loud that he can’t get the date out of his mind. Someone replies is it his first date with his girlfriend and it will be quite problematic if he can’t set the mood. Yukito says that’s right. He then turns around and shouts at Kera as to what is he doing there and don’t just intrude at other people’s houses. Kera is tinkering with a mobile phone and says that Yukito’s mom let him in. Kera asks about the photo sticker, why is it with a guy, is he into that [bl]. Yukito realizes that Kera is tinkering with his phone that he quickly snatches it away and says he isn’t [into that]. He then sees that Kera has sent a message. Kera says he just sent the message that was in there. Yukito quickly looks at the message. It is the details of where and when they are going to meet. Then below it, it says after the date, can we kiss ♥ ♥. Kera then says that Yukito’s girlfriend’s name is weird and during elementary, there is also a girl with a weird name in their class. Yukito already kicks Kera for adding that last line in the message. Kera then offers him a snack, does he want corn or meat flavor. Yukito says meat. Kotori gets the email and thought, no way.

    The next day, Kotori is all sleepy for not being able to sleep the whole night because she doesn’t know what to reply. Yukito is also all sleepy as he kept on wondering what Kotori thought about the email. Kotori arrives and greets him but is embarrassed about the kiss in the email so she can’t dare look at him. Yukito is also blushing. She thought that it is the first time she saw Yukito on casual clothes that she wonders if she doesn’t look weird. Yukito says that they go watch a movie first. Sitting in the theater, Kotori thought that she won’t be too nervous if they are going to watch a movies since they don’t need to talk much. Kotori quickly pulls her hand away when Yukito accidentally touches it when he puts his hand on the armrest where Kotori’s hand was. Kotori thought if she did that, doesn’t it mean she is avoiding him. She thinks she has failed again. After an awkward pause, Yukito is about to tell her about the email last night but since the movie is starting, he wasn’t able to continue and just said he will talk about it later. Kotori thought if he means the kiss and kept on thinking about it that she wasn’t able to concentrate on the movie. Then, she feels sleepy because she wasn’t able to sleep last night. After the movie is over, Yukito says what should they do next. He turns around to find Kotori sleeping soundly with her eyes half-open. Just then, Kotori wakes up and asks what happened to the movie. Yukito gloomily says it is over and she slept quite soundly. He smiles and says her eyes are even half-open. Kotori is shock over this for that was quite embarrassing and it seems she even drooled in her sleep. Yukito says that they should go. Kotori apologizes and thought that Yukito is angry. To her surprise, Yukito suddenly burst into laughter and said that it is the first time he has seen someone sleep like that and he should have taken her picture. Kotori says that it is because he is too quiet that it made her fall asleep. Yukito didn’t answer then says how about going some place else.

    The two become more relax as they go to an arcade. Kotori asks if she can play ‘Memories of Falling in Love’ kind of games. Yukito says he doesn’t want to so how about a racing game and whoever wins will treat for lunch. Kotori is glad that Yukito is like himself before and seems to be enjoying himself. After the race, Yukito is shock that he was defeated by Kotori. He angrily shouts why Kotori is so good at it. Kotori just smiles and says isn’t he going to treat lunch. Yukito thought of something and instead of free lunch, he will give her this. Yukito shows her a phone/key strap with a egg-man running. Kotori likes it. She then asks what was it he was trying to said earlier. Yukito says about the kiss part in the email, don’t mind it too much. Kotori is a bit disappointed about it that on the way home on the train, Yukito asks if she is uncomfortable. Kotori says she isn’t. She almost trips. Yukito pulls her to him and says then it is okay for her to stand beside him. Yukito says that she is getting off in the next station. She thought that the date will soon be over and she really had fun but will she let it end just like that. The train is now at Kotori’s stop. To Yukito’s surprise, Kotori holds on his sleeve and says she doesn’t want to go down yet. As the door closes, Yukito then hugs her tightly. Kotori looks up at him in surprise then they kissed. After the kiss, the two blushes. Yukito then asks for another one. Kotori says he is too much [pervert] for they are in the train. [pda =P] Yukito says but they just did it. Kotori says she is a bit dizzy. Yukito says then let’s lean on. Kotori leans on the door as Yukito holds her still and they kiss again. Next day at school, Kotori types in if Hikaru is around in her DS. She thought that she wants to tell Hikaru what happened at the date. Behind her, Harada is also holding a DS.

    So, the whole arc is about kissing and their first date. ^_^ It all started with a misunderstanding because of the missing pendant. I really find Kotori being stuck there hilarious. I’m sure Yukito must be thinking, he really have a nice girlfriend who would get herself stuck like that for a cheap pendant I gave her. Well, he is too tense over the date and about kissing that he didn’t thought of it. It made me wonder if this is Yukito’s first date with anyone or he is just uneasy with Kotori since she is ‘different’ from the other girls he have dated. I’m sure he haven’t dated anyone yet who can beat him easily in arcade games. =P Also, from the discussion about the girls earlier about wanting cute things from their boyfriends, Yukito just gave her a weird chain strap and Kotori is already really happy about it. I think this is one of the charms that Kotori has that made Yukito like her, aside from their other similarities. Their date is really funny, too. It is usually the guys who fall asleep in movies but here, it is the girl. I think that break the ice between them that Yukito becomes more at ease. The date is cap off with a nice kiss. ^-^ For that last scene, it does seem that Harada is going to pretend to be Hikaru. I’m not too excited about that because that would mean more confusion and bullying but then, I think the author is going to set up the scene to reveal who Hikaru is. I think it is that pretty girl who gave her sandwich. She is nice to Kotori for no reason at all and they are in the same class. Kotori mentioned about the girl being not like a girl so it made me wonder if the girl is a crossdresser or something. Since at the start of the series, Kotori mentioned about having friends and a boyfriend so this girl/Hikaru could be her first friend in school unlike Harada who pretends to be her friend. Oh ya, this is the latest chapter from Chinese sites. ^-^

    Quote of the day:
    Kissing is like drinking salted water. You drink, and your thirst increases. ~ Chinese Proverb

    Weekly Jump Update:
    Bleach, Naruto, One Piece, D. Grayman, Reborn, Gintama and PSYREN

    Wednesday, January 30, 2008 @ 07:15 p.m.

    There is a new character poll in Bleach [c. 307] and Hitsugaya wins. It reminds me of my theory that if the main character always get beaten, sooner or later, he will lose the number one spot. Ichigo did. ^^; I wonder if Hitsugaya wins just because his movie came out last December..he haven’t been in the series for a year already except for his side story. I’m more surprised that Hinamori made it to the top 10. I guess guys like girls who are really loyal even if the guy [Aizen] just tried to kill her. ^^;; Anyway, in the story, Mayuri tries to heal Ishida who protests for he is sure that Mayuri is going to do something ‘bad’ to him..well, can’t blame Ishida for that since Mayuri is a mad scientist after all. Renji wants to be healed too so that he can help in the fight. Mayuri says there is no need to hurry for he will just get hurt when he gets in the way in the fight between ‘beasts’. Kenpachi and Nnoitra are still fighting. Kenpachi decides to cut through Nnoitra’s eye patch to his head to prove that what Nnoitra gloats that he can’t be cut isn’t true. To his surprise, it doesn’t affect Nnoitra who in turn stabs through Kenpachi’s chest. Okay, so far Nnoitra is winning and he isn’t in his release form yet, if he has one. I do wonder if Ishida is getting punished for ‘altering’ Kon so he is going to be ‘altered’ by Mayuri. I kind of feel sorry for him and it seems that Mayuri finds Ishida quite interesting else, why start with Ishida and not Renji? =P Haha, Ishida is more fun to bully.

    Itachi tells Sasuke a long history lesson about their clan in Naruto [c. 386]. Madara and his younger brother ruled the clan and learned the mangekyou. Soon, Madara realized he is going to become blind so decides to take his younger brother’s eyes. He become more powerful and hopes to become the greatest ninja then he makes a great clan – the Hidden Leaf with the first hokage but was defeated because of conflicting ideals by the first hokage. The release of the kyuubi was also Madara’s doing but he was again defeated by the fourth hokage. Itachi gets cocky that Madara is no longer the powerful being he was before and now, he plans to take Sasuke’s eyes. Sasuke closes his eyes and decides to fight with Itachi as he remembers the introduction he made to Naruto and others before of his goal to rebuild his clan and kill someone. Sasuke says that that day has come. That’s it?..that’s all Itachi is after. I guess that explains why Itachi kept on insisting that Sasuke get the same kind of level up as he did. I’m kind of disappointed about that and he actually lost his cool there even though it all just seem to be just an illusion. It seems that there is a bit of a rift between Itachi and Madara so hence the lying about Sasuke’s supposed death earlier. Hehe, I do wonder with whom Sasuke plans to build his clan back..Karin? =P If Madara isn’t that strong anymore, is that the reason why he took in Pain but then, why would Pain listen to him if he isn’t that powerful anymore..is it out of gratitude?

    Absalom and Hogback manages to escape with Moria in One Piece [c. 486] and they learned of the news that Ace was captured by the maries and brought to impel down so this made Blackbeard become the replacement for Crocodile. The day after they defeated Moria, Strawhats check the things in their ship and realize the surplus of food and treasures that was in it, thanks to Perona. To everyone’s surprise, Nami actually gives some of the treasure to Lola as thanks for being a friend while her shadow is in the zombie. They decide to share some food with the others. Zoro is still asleep in the castle as Chopper is treating him. They wonder what happened to him and why Luffy is all well. A couple of guys want to tell them but Sanji pulls them away somewhere. They tell Sanji what happened. Sanji made them not tell Luffy saying that Zoro didn’t do it to be praised him and Luffy will be hurt if he knew for he was the reason why Zoro has ended up like that. Robin has used her powers to eavesdrop on them. Soon, it is party time again. Brook now plays on the piano and tells Sanji he also saw what had happened there. He says it is nice to have nakama. Robin recognizes the music that Brook is playing. Luffy then talks to Brook saying that he knows that music for Shanks used to sing with the others. Brook says it is the song that pirates sing whether they are sad or happy. Luffy asks him to become his nakama again and told him that he knows about Laboon. Luffy happily tells Brook of Laboon’s current situation and it also kept its promise, Laboon is still waiting there. Brook starts to cry over this news and he remembers the time when they first saw Laboon. The last scenes are flashback of Brook and his crew playing for Laboon who was following them. I guess with Brook’s flashback, he will then become their new nakama. I wonder what will be Brook’s dream aside from meeting with Laboon again. Yup, lucky Luffy to have such great nakama, Zoro and Sanji did a really great thing for him and they aren’t going to gloat about it. I wonder if Luffy will know later on. Finally news on Ace. I do wonder if he can still get out since that is the place that Strawhats did their best to prevent Robin from being brought there.

    Johnny turns out to be lucky in D. Gray-man [c. 145] because he survived since the others saved him but they ended up being hurt/eaten by the akuma. Allen arrives to see someone being eaten who apologizes for not being able to hold it. The akuma then turns into level 4. A pretty ugly looking one and has that big belly as if it is pregnant. I don’t know if I should worry about Allen or not because after all, the generals are nearby. I do worry if Bak and Reever are really dead or just unconscious. I guess there will be more fighting up ahead. This series is quite doom and gloom..hehe, just when I think everything will be okay, something comes up and severely injures a character that you wonder if he/she will live in the next chapter. ^^;;

    While still infiltrating the enemy base, Ryohei heals Tsuna’s wound and they learned that Tsuna’s attack earlier is not full power yet since it is still unstable in Katekyo Hitman Reborn! [c. 178]. They discuss that Dendro isn’t full power either and Gamma’s electricity is stronger. Gamma is moping that they weren’t included in the invasion. As they fight about who’s afraid of the phantom knight, the guy send by Byakuran to make everyone obey Irie, phantom knight arrives and says he is going to tell them something. Back to Tsuna, they are glad that there are not much people in the base and hopes that everything is okay at Hibari’s side. They hurry in a room which they think the surveillance system of the place is located. Suddenly, Lal is attacked. Lal manages to evade but she got hurt. Tsuna and others enter and is surprised to see the magician. Lal calls the magician, Ginger Bread. Ginger says that she no longer uses that name and she is now the vice-captain of Millefiore’s eighth squad. She [I think Ginger is a girl but her chest is flat so maybe she’s a he ^^;;] plans to report them to the higher-ups but then, she can also kill them just like how she killed Colonello. Well, Lal just found out who killed Colonello so that pretty much sets up Lal vs Ginger. I think Lal would not let them help her in fighting Ginger. As for Gamma, I wonder what would be their roles later on..probably a re-match against Tsuna and others.

    Still at the hot springs, the girls are enjoying their dip while Gin and Shinpachi are scared stiff as they are surrounded by ghosts in Gintama [c. 197]. Because of the ruckus that Gin is making, he pushes Shipachi to one of the ghosts and Shinpachi inhales it. To Gin’s surprise, Shinpachi becomes possessed as he looks devilish. When they get out, it seems that the girls are also possessed. The three then go to play some game, Gin notices the owner laughing. Gin decides to run after her but soon ghost start to appear and grab him. To his surprise, they were applauding. The owner congratulates Gin and says he passed the test. She gives him some clothes to wear as she says that Otose has send them there and if he wants to ‘exorcist’ the others, he has to work. She then gives him a bag of something so that the ghosts will listen to him. A girl ghosts accompanies him and tells him that they were send there by Otose to help in, I think, make things okay with the visitor ghosts there. Gin encounters three ghosts who are hitting the walls then got into an argument but later killed by a another ghost. Hehe, it was okay at first then it is kind of messed up later on. ^^;; Can ghosts be killed? ^^;; I think Gin is spoofing some thing but since I don’t know what it is, I don’t quite get what is happening. Haha

    Ageha did hit the cyborg’s vital part in PSYREN [c. 7]. It tried to get Ageha killed too but Ageha manages to free himself. Amamiya tells them that it is a being wherein human and insect is fused together as told to her by other participants before. They find the public phone and this other guy appears. He turned out to be following Ageha so that he can be safe. Ageha is a bit angry that he didn’t helped the other guy who was injured before. The phone starts to ring so Amamiya tells them to put in ther psyren card. Amamiya did and she vanishes. Ageha also did the same thing and he finds himself back to the present. Ageha is really happy about this then realizes that place looks like the newer version of the place where they used to be. Amamiya confirmes Ageha’s suspicion that where they come from to fight is really the future. So, it is like Gantz wherein they can return back and instead of going to some place in the present to kill aliens, this is going to the future. So, why are they sent there? To change the present so that the future won’t be like that?

    Quote of the day:
    The wise person understands that his own happiness must include the happiness of others. ~ Dennis Weaver

    Papillon -Hana to Chou- [Chapter 18]
    Tuesday, January 29, 2008 @ 09:15 p.m.

    Title: Smell. In front of the guidance counselor’s office, Chou is trying to convince her friend to go to Kyuu wherein she can talk to him about anything and her feelings would be more relieved. When they enter, Kyuu greets them but Chou’s friend is a bit uneasy. When Kyuu smiles and asks them to sit. Her friend blushes and quickly runs away that she can’t do it. Chou chases after her and goes to her friend who just clung on to a post. Her friend screams that she cannot talk to a guy that good looking. Chou narrates that her friend Inoue is like that because she can smell people who just had H and for her, it smells awful. In the classroom with her other friends, Inoue says that she has smelled it from her younger sister. It is a scent which she can smell from about half a day to a day when a couple has had H. Meiji says that she is like a dog. They asks what kind of smell was it. She then says it is like how their classmate, Shinagawa [a fat, ugly with pimples guy] smelled like. The girls freak out. They said that he has no girlfriend so did he H by himself. Inoue says that it doesn’t smell the same if he did it by himself. [How does she know? ^^;;] They thought so that means.. [he just smells] Inoue is troubled because a lot of people in class has been smelling like that. Soon, she also smelled that smell on her 14 year old sister. Chou remembers Kana telling her to tell their mother that she will be home late. Kana is with a guy then the guy asks if she was her twin. Chou tells Inoue says that she knows the pain of how it felt when one’s younger sister did it before oneself. Inoue exclaims that it is good that Chou knows of her feelings unlike the other two who ignored her on the day that they did it. The two girls – Meiji and Bibi[?] say but Chou will have that day soon for it seems the day for her and Ryuusei being a couple is going to happen soon. It seems that Ryuusei and Kana have broken up, so Chou now has a chance. Ryuusei has been looking gloomily lately and the only cure for that is a new love. This surprises Chou for she can’t quite tell them the truth. The two tells Chou to do her best for now is the opportunity to do it. Inoue hugs Chou and shouts no, don’t care about Ryuusei, she should maintain her purity.

    While walking home, Chou is a bit troubled that her friends still think that she likes Ryuusei. They even helped her to become Ryuusei’s seatmate but in fact, she is already going out with another guy..yet she can’t tell anyone about it. Inoue calls out to her then goes to where Chou is standing. Inoue apologizes for what she said earlier about ignoring Ryuusei, don’t mind it too much, just go ahead and go steady with Ryuusei. Chou just laughs as she is feeling guilty. Inoue then perks up and asks isn’t that Kyuu-sensei. Kyuu with a girl just came out of the karaoke bar. Huh..who’s the girl with him. Chou and Inoue look surprised because it is Kana who is smiling with Kyuu. Inoue says she can’t believe that from Ryuusei, Kana is now going out with Kyuu. Later at night, Chou goes to Kyuu’s house asking what was that about, going out with Kana to the karaoke bar. She was with her friend so she wasn’t able to follow them as to where they went next. Kyuu says she has really good eyes, is she a stalker. Chou exclaims for him to answer her truthfully. Kyuu says that he is just talking with Kana. Chou asks what were they talking about. Kyuu says that he can’t say because it is a secret – whatever is talked about during counseling session is confidential. That afternoon someone else is using the room so they went elsewhere. Chou says then it would be okay for Kana to just talk with that other counselor. Kyuu says he can’t do that for Kana came because she wanted to talk with him. Chou is flustered and says that she hates it that Kyuu and Kana seems close and as if they are sharing some secret. Chou is about to cry. Kyuu asks if she was worried that he will be stolen away by Kana. He smiles and pats her head saying that it won’t happen. He pinches her cheek and tells her to smile. He kisses her ear and then they kiss together in the lips. Kyuu hugs her and asks if she is still uneasy. Chou blushes and says a bit. Kyuu teases if she wants to use her H ticket [not sure about this since the scans is cut off] or should he restrain. Chou blushes and hits him. Kyuu laughs and says so that means no. Kyuu assures her that the one whom he is going out with is Chou so she should relax. Chou hugs him and thought that she really likes him and she should trust him.

    At their house, Grandma is really happy over the flowers that they gave her as congratulations for getting out of the hospital. Grandma says they are pretty and thanks them. Chou happily tells her that she and her mother will be cooking for the celebration. Grandma then tells her to thank Kyuu for her. Chou is surprised about this. Grandma says that Kyuu has went to the hospital to give flowers to her and he is really a nice man. Chou’s mother says that Kyuu is a bit weird but he is a good teacher because afterwards Kyuu has called her and said if there is anything she wanted to talk about, she can go ahead and tell him. Chou is shock that Kyuu has been in contact with her mother and grandmother. Chou’s mother says she can’t refuse and he said before that they can also talk in the hotel but then, Chou also did went to him for counseling. Chou feels really embarrassed by this. Grandma laughs and says for Kyuu, any place is okay for them to talk. Chou’s mother laughs and says that’s’ right, and right now, she seems to want to talk to him. Chou is amused that Kyuu has quickly gotten the two’s heart. Grandma says she wants to see Kyuu again. Chou’s mother suggests that they invite Kyuu to the celebration for she wants to properly thank him. Grandma agrees with the idea. They asks Chou to call Kyuu to come. Chou is really happy that Kyuu is going to their house but then, Kana will be there, too. She happily calls him on her mobile phone and thought but then, this is a rare opportunity. To Chou’s disappointment, Kyuu can’t make it because he has something to do. She asks if he can even for just 30 minutes. Kyuu says he can’t. Chou asks can’t he change it to another day. Kyuu says he can’t and tells her to just greet her mom and grandma for him. The others are sad that Kyuu can’t come. A lot of dishes are now on the table. As they sit down to eat, Grandma asks why is Kana late. Chou’s mother said that she already said that she will be home early for grandma’s celebration. It is already 1030 pm. They just ‘plastic wrap’ Kana’s portion of the dinner. Kana tries to sneak in but was caught by her parents. From her room, Chou hears her mother shouting at Kana as to where she has been and why didn’t she call home [that she’ll be late]. How about explaining her reason to her father. Their father says everyone has been waiting for her, where did she went. He tells her to answer him. Kana is looking away a bit flustered then looks at her parents. Her parents freak out when Kana says that she is in a boy’s room. They shout for her to wait as Kana goes to her room and Chou looks at her sister in surprise.

    At school, Inoue screams that she is already at her limit. They ask what is the matter. Inoue says that she smelled it on her father. The three girls blushes and says that her father must be doing his best and they must be a really passionate couple. Inoue screams that’s not it, because her mother doesn’t have that smell. The three girls become gloomy and thought..an affair. Inoue says that she wants this ability to disappear, maybe she should talk to that guidance counselor. Chou accompanies Inoue to Kyuu who greets them. He offers Inoue some water and asks what does she want to talk about. Inoue then smells something from Kyuu. She quickly apologizes, saying she can’t. Then, Inoue runs out of the room. This surprises Chou and Kyuu. At the woman’s comfort room, Inoue tells Chou that she can’t get even close because she feels ill. It is the smell that made her remember about her father. To Chou’s shock, Inoue tells her that Kyuu has that smell and he definitely had H yesterday. The door suddenly opens and it is Kana. Upon seeing Chou, Kana quickly looks away and passes by Inoue. Kana then goes to one of the cubicles. Inoue gets to smell Kana as she passes by and says it is the same smell..the smell on Kana is the same as the smell on Kyuu’s. Blurb: No way?! Kana had H with Kyuu? What about Chou--?

    For some reason, I tried to think of the possible reason for that because of Kana’s ‘disgust’ over sex, I really doubt she will do it with Kyuu just because he is nice. It would be out of character. I think what Chou’s mother said is the hint. My theory is that Kana and Kyuu talked in a motel so they smelled that way. =P One thing for sure, this will lead to more misunderstandings between Chou and Kyuu. Of course, it can’t be helped especially with what Inoue told her and what Kana told her parents why she came home late. From how Kana reacted during the scolding, it does seem that she doesn’t a good relationship with her parents as Chou has imagined. I think this is the first time I had encountered a character who can smell people if they had just had sex. Lol I do wonder if she smells it even if they took a bath. It’s really such a peculiar ability that I thought that the author is pulling my leg. Hehe, Kyuu is really covering all bases. I guess his patients are mostly women as he easily charms them old and young. =P I’m not sure if he is trying to make Chou’s mother and grandmother like him so that they will not to object too much later on when they learn that he is going steady with Chou or he just really, really loves his job. ^-^; Scans are by Lavinia for BW.

    Quote of the day:
    We're never so vulnerable than when we trust someone - but paradoxically, if we cannot trust, neither can we find love or joy ~ Walter Anderson

    Ouran High Host Club [Chapter 58]
    Monday, January 28, 2008 @ 11:34 p.m.

    [Ah, it is late so I’ll reply the tags tomorrow. ^^;; Sorry. I blame Haruhi x Tamaki scenes for making do this one right away. Hehe It was really nice. I also got a bit excited since Hana to Akuma new chapter is coming out soon, too. Can’t wait. ^_^ ]

    Haruhi runs away and calls out to her mother in heaven if so-called being in love is like that appearing suddenly. The clinic’s door slams open as Tamaki and others come in. Takami asks if Haruhi is okay but to their surprise, Haruhi isn’t there. The doctor says if they are looking for Haruhi, she had already left or rather, since classes haven’t started, she decided to be absent for the day. Everyone except Kyouya and Mori are shock and sweatdrop over this news. The teacher says that Haruhi was breathing hard [from running] when she came there and just says, ‘it seems, I should leave early’ then quickly runs away. The doctor says she doesn’t know what Haruhi meant by ‘it seems’. Someone probably Tamaki shouts if Haruhi is okay. At Meiko’s school, the bell is ringing. Meiko is shock to see Haruhi as she exclaims why did she come to her school and breathing hard, did she ran all the way there. Holding up Meiko’s magazine, Haruhi asks if what was written in it is a mistake. Haruhi freaks out and shouts that she did it many times but the result is strange. It is Tamaki..what does it mean, saying that she is being in love [with him]. Meiko tries to calm her down but Haruhi just sneezes out loud. Meiko asks if she has a cold. When the other students begin to tease Meiko since they thought Haruhi is Meiko’s boyfriend, Meiko quickly pulls Haruhi behind the school to talk. She asks if it was Tamaki whom Haruhi used for the test. Haruhi says yes. She asks and the result is ‘being in love’. Haruhi says yes. She tells Meiko that the test is wrong because how could she be in love with Tamaki. Meiko gloomily asks Haruhi if she actually did those ‘puzzling but cannot be explained’ actions to Tamaki. Haruhi stammers to explain that she did and it is really strange. When Meiko hears the bell of start class, she tells Haruhi that she has many things to ask her but if she skips school, her father will scold her to death. Meiko says that she will go to Haruhi’s house after school. She asks if Haruhi can go home alone. Haruhi says she can. Meiko offers Haruhi her handkerchief to blow her nose and tells Haruhi to go to bed and have a good sleep. Meiko exclaims that she should make things clearly, love do suddenly comes but in her case, is it really..but hers is more like being inside a cave, so think about that. Haruhi freaks out and wonders what does Meiko mean by that, she doesn’t understand.

    While walking home, Haruhi thinks if love didn’t come suddenly in her case, she must definitely just respect and support Tamaki. Haruhi cries no-- as she remembers all the stupid things that Tamaki did before – that person is so troublesome and I really don’t want to have anything to do with that person. She then remembers the ‘close with Tamaki’ moments then she freaks out again as to why she suddenly become quiet, thinking of those. She frantically runs around scaring a pedestrian and hitting the post. ^^;; She then thought that she needs more information about being in love and she can’t depend on one single magazine to know about her feeling. She goes to the bookstore and straight to the shoujo manga section. She thought because she doesn’t have that much experience on love so she should increase her knowledge about it. She opens a manga entitled First Love from Hana to Yume. The lead male is holding a lady. Tamaki [same pronunciation but different way of writing] I like you, says the girl. The guy says, Harumi I also really like you. Harumi says, if Tamaki really wants it, let’s do it. Tamaki says, beautiful. Haruhi drops the book and retreats backwards making the other customers wonder what’s up with her. And then, the two [characters in the book] will – Haruhi freaks out as she imagines having a kid with Tamaki as Tamaki plays with the baby and she is holding Kuma. Tamaki happily says the baby looks like Haruhi. Haruhi then says, no, the baby looks more like him. The bookstore saleslady angrily looks at her and asks, the youngster there, how are you going to compensate for the books that you have dropped. Haruhi apologizes and says she will buy them. The lady is happy with her purchase which is a lot of shoujo. Haruhi goes out and cries over her lunch money. As she walks out and looks at herself in the glass of a bakery, she thought, youngster, well, it is because she looks like a boy from her outward appearance. She thought that for Tamaki, whether she is a girl or a daughter, it doesn’t matter to him. Tamaki even said that she is tanuki [raccoon dog] and her chest is really flat. She is then surprised when someone is biking passed by shouting at her to move since she is just staring there. She then almost get splashed by water by a florist. She is then questioned by the police as to why she isn’t at school. In the end, she was being interviewed with nonsense questions like what it is like being in Ouran High – what does she eat, is that the uniform, etc. They finally let her leave upon learning she is sick and they tell her to take care. Haruhi feels flustered as she thinks that she should go some place to rest for she is feeling feverish.

    In the playground, she sits on a bench and thought why didn’t she go to school since she cannot avoid Tamaki forever. She thought, mama, what should I do. A woman bends down to her and asks if she is alright. Haruhi says, mama. Then, is surprised to see a woman with glasses looking at her. Haruhi realizes that it wasn’t her mother and she feels embarrassed for being almost asleep. The woman tells her not to sleep there else she will catch a cold. When Haruhi sneezes, the woman says it seems that she already had a cold. She covers her nose and screams for a guy called Kondou. A man runs with a spray disinfectant and a briefcase. He shouts, I’m here lawyer. After spraying her hands, she now wears gloves and mask. [She must have mysophobia.] The woman apologizes to Haruhi but because of work, she cannot get sick. She then asks if she is Haruhi Fujioka, a student of class 1-A at Ouran High. Haruhi asks how did she know. The woman is now on the phone and says because Tamaki has shown her Haruhi’s picture. On the phone, she tells someone on the phone that she has found Haruhi. A car stops at the playground and Tamaki comes out calling to Haruhi. Tamaki cries as he hugs blushing Haruhi tight. He thanks the woman and calls her Ms. Kousaka. Kousaka says it is nothing and that she will now inform the school that Haruhi has been found. Haruhi asks Tamaki what about his class. Tamaki says that he skipped class. Wiping her nose, Tamaki says that after she left early, they had already called her house many times but there is no answer so they were worried if something happened to her on her way home. Hikaru and others also want to come too but it won’t be good if everyone leaves school. It is really good that nothing has happened to her. Haruhi apologizes. Tamaki tells her that Kousaka’s office is nearby so he had asked her to help him look for her. She is one of his father’s lawyers and she could help Haruhi in her exams [for lawyer course] later on. He will re-introduce them when Haruhi’s cold is all better. He tells her that there is something more which will surprise her. Kousaka has told him that she is Haruhi’s mother’s kouhai in college.

    Kousaka tells Haruhi that after they graduate, she has heard of some outstanding news about Kotoko [Haruhi’s mom]. After the lawyer exam, everyone – friends and university teachers – thought that everything will be smooth sailing for her but for some reason, she just joined a small firm and then, later on, she married this girly guy who is jobless, it must be some rumor. This made Haruhi and Tamaki sweatdrop for it is true. Kousaka says that she heard that Haruhi also wants to become a lawyer and to become one, she must have many kinds of experiences. She has heard that Haruhi is quite bookish but she must remember that the clients of a lawyer are people. She will converse with people different profession and status whom she will deal with and stand for and to do this, she mustn’t just to just sit down and read books all the time. She remembers the time when she told Tamaki that she was useless in helping the twins for she is just into books. Tamaki tells Kousaka that Haruhi is already not feeling well. Kousaka continues that she must think of this, Tamaki is currently at an important stage where he will become the successor of Suou family. How could Haruhi let him become so worried that he doesn’t want to go to school. For him, it isn’t a good thing. Tamaki angrily shouts Kousaka’s name for her to stop. Haruhi says ‘experience everything’, I seemed to have heard this from someone before, who said it. Tamaki worriedly looks at her. Haruhi then remembers that it is Tamaki who always say this, for them to experience everything but then, when did it all start. That’s right, why didn’t I notice it before. Haruhi says I want to be a lawyer and then she faints. Surely, it started at that time when, it’s hot, my body is feeling hot and cold, pitch black. Sinking down [in the water]. A scene of Tamaki saving Haruhi when she fell into the sea [chapter 8] Saving her from drowning in the sea, she never thanked him properly. He was so worried so he lectures her. Also during the thunderstorm, he protected her. And the many other times when she doesn’t want to trouble others [or be a bother], he gave her many extravagant opportunities. This isn’t something that happened all of a sudden.

    Haruhi wakes up to see Tamaki worriedly looking at her and touching her forehead. Haruhi thought that she already knows all of Tamaki’s strong points. Tamaki apologizes for letting that happen at the playground when she is already feverish. Tamaki says if she remembered, after she fainted, they went to the doctor then to her house. He apologizes for doing things all on his own. He then becomes nervous and tells Haruhi that Meiko has just came when they arrived and from Haruhi’s bag, Meiko took the key and opened the door. The one who changed her clothes is Meiko. He was the one who spread out the futon. He is about to go out and help buy some congee for her. Haruhi thought Tamaki is really kind compared to anyone, that it seems his heart is really big with no boundaries. The feeling in my heart for him isn’t just respect. Haruhi tells surprised Tamaki, when I fell into the sea, thank you for saving me. Also during the thunderstorm. There are many, many other things..and it includes what happened today. Thank you for being so concerned for me. Tamaki starts to blush and asks her what is she saying when she is feverish, why is she talking about the past. As papa, why is he is getting pretty embarrassed about it. While still touching Haruhi’s forehead, Haruhi says that Tamaki’s hand is really big and yet, she doesn’t know why it is also so hot so could he please remove his hand or else, her fever would become worse. Tamaki cries and apologizes about this as his whole body is beet red. Haruhi thought, but sempai, for the future, there are still many things that I want to study so even if this feeling is so-called falling in love, I still don’t have the strength to go there. Outside Haruhi’s house, Meiko giggles and wonders if she can enter the house at this time now or she should let the two be alone for some time.

    The next day at school, the twins are surprised that Haruhi has come to school. Hikaru asks if she was okay. Haruhi says after sleeping the whole night, the fever is gone. She apologizes about yesterday and thanks them for being concerned about her. Hikaru blushes over this and says it is nothing. A girl classmate asks if Haruhi is feeling better. Souga [class rep, glasses guy] comes and greets Haruhi. He cries and asks if Haruhi would be interested in going skiing during the winter break which the class has planned to do. To Souga and the twin’s shock, Haruhi agrees and she would want to try it. The twins asks what is the matter is she still feverish. Haruhi says, it is like trying everything and since Hikaru and Kaoru are experts in skiing, she hopes they will teach her but could they please not spend too much money. The twins says to leave it to them. Everyone in class is rejoicing as someone shouts they are going to snowy mountains during the break. Haruhi thought, for her dream and wish to gradually progress in order to attain it. Last scene is of Kousaka sighing if she just said things a bit too harshly...really..Kotoko’s daughter. Kousaka is reading papers which include Haruhi’s name and the title is investigative report.

    I do wonder if it will be Tamaki’s turn avoiding Haruhi the next day over what Haruhi said when she was feverish. =P It seems like a confession of thanking Tamaki for everything he did but then, her priority right now is to attain her dream of becoming a lawyer so I think she is going to put her feelings aside for a while. Thanks to Kousaka, she will no longer be hesitant in experiencing new things rather than just spend the whole time reading and studying. Since the winter trip is a class trip, I guess it will be only Haruhi and the twins unless somehow, the others will also going or make an alibi for being there. =P From how Kousaka said it to Haruhi about making Tamaki worry, I think she knows what Tamaki feels for Haruhi. With that report, she is obviously [or maybe one of many] tasked by Tamaki’s grandmother to investigate on all of Tamaki’s friends. Since she is Kotoro’s sempai, I do wonder if she will side with them later on.

    Quote of the day:
    A thankful person enjoys a blessing twice—when it's received, and when it's remembered. ~ Our Daily Bread

    Nana [Chapter 72]
    Sunday, January 27, 2008 @ 08:55 p.m.

    [Hehe, I uploaded two entries for today. =P Just consider this as the entry for tomorrow unless I somehow finished another summary by tomorrow. ^^;; Papillon and The One will be up soon. The uploader of The One is such a tease, she only uploaded half way after a week of opening the thread. She is usually the one who also uploads Papillon but someone else is doing it but in simplified Chinese – haven’t uploaded everything yet, just two pages. ^^; In The One, there are fun Eros x Lele scenes. In Papillon, the title of the thread is ‘Kyuu and Kana...?!’ Still no Ouran scans.]

    Hachi writes a text to Ren that Nana has returned back to the dorm where the others are. She tells him not to worry but Ren should get Nana soon. On the bed is Ren’s guitar and some cigarettes. Ren is throwing his drugs in the toilet while remembering what Yasu said about he was the only one who can save Nana, Hachi’s get Nana soon and someone’s discarding one’s important thing and joining Trapnest by himself, do your best. The next day, Takumi is feeling drained that he doesn’t want to go to work. Hachi is really shock for work is Takumi’s life existence. She quickly feels for his forehead. He tells her to tell them that he has a fever. Hachi says but he doesn’t have one. He falls back to bed and says he feels nausea. Hachi says it is because he ate too much chocolates. Hachi is happy though that he ate her chocolate cake. He then asks her why is she angry – based on the icing on the cake. She happily says that she isn’t angry anymore. He happily hugs her and asks why don’t they go out and walk with Satsuki. She tells him to work or else they would starve. Takumi feels cold and brightens up when she tells him the news that Shin can go out of jail in a month’s time. While picking which necktie for him to wear, she suggests that to let Shin and Reira come to their house. Takumi is surprised. Hachi happily tells him if there is any problem with that. Takumi says nothing and asks her not to make that scary smiling face. Hachi is happy about that so she asks him to inform Reira. As Hachi cleans the house, her womanly instinct tells her that something has happened between the two. No matter what happened, she won’t be like a girl who cries until she falls asleep. She is definitely going to fight.

    Takumi is quite irritable as he enters the hotel for an interview with reporters. The make-up artist has just finished Reira’s make-up and when she hears Takumi is there, she quickly peeks out of the room. Mary asks Takumi what he wants to drink. Takumi says motor oil. She says if he lacks energy, how about coffee. When Takumi sees Reira, she blushes and quickly hides back into the room. This puzzles the staff. During the interview, the reporter asks if Reira and Takumi were childhood friends. When the reporter was talking about Takumi’s wife, Reira is looking a bit sad. Takumi has to call her attention to it [not to make that face]. Meanwhile, Nana is having talks with people about her solo career. She then talks with the jolly old man about wanting to sing punk even if solo and band music style are different. She can’t wait to get on stage again and sing. At the car, Ren is feeling sick as he is having withdrawal symptoms. His manager asks if he should go to the hospital but Ren refuses. The guy says if he is like that how can he play. Ren is shaking as he tells the guy to go to the company. The guy panics if he should go to the company or the hospital. Ren shouts for him stop talking and just go. At the president office, I think he just went to the guy who supplies him the drugs. The guy says didn’t he just gave him some before and it wasn’t easy to do it. He asks why is Ren breathing so heavily. Ren then lies down on the floor. The guy tells him that in exchange, he should write a sellable music. After the interview, Takumi asks to talk with Reira alone after everyone leaves. At the elevator, the make-up artist tells Mary that something happened between Takumi and Reira but Mary dismisses that thought.

    As Reira is kneeling on the ground, Takumi who is sitting sermons Reira for acting that way which will make the reporter suspicious. She apologizes. He tells her that she fails as his lover. This shocks Reira. She apologizes and says she will do better next time. Takumi tells her to calm down and informs her that Shin will be getting out in a month. They are arranged to meet at his house. Reira shouts that’s too much, he isn’t human. Takumi says she doesn’t have the right to say that. They talk about Shin and that woman who looks like Reira. Shin came to Japan alone and has become dependent on that woman even if that woman is like a demon. He can’t hate her and that now he said he truly likes that woman. Takumi tells her that it is a misplaced feeling since it is liking a culprit. [Something like the Stockholm syndrome – falling for the one who kidnapped you] Not being able to survive without that person. When that person is somewhat kind [does you a favor], one would feel as if that person is his ‘god’. Takumi stands up and says until the prince arrives, it would be quite lonely so bear with it. He will let them meet in the castle. Takumi goes and get his coat and is about to leave. Reira holds his hand and cries that she has hurt Shin and feels guilty. Whoever she likes, in the end, it is still Takumi. Takumi shouts that it is just a misplaced feeling. She angrily looks at him and asks what about the kiss yesterday. Takumi says didn’t they do that when they were kids. Reira shouts it isn’t the same and he wouldn’t have stop if Mary didn’t come in. He tells her to think properly if going with Shin or being his lover, which one would bring her happiness. Reira cries that it is too hard to calculate. Takumi shouts that comparing the two, it is quite easy, stupid. Reira shouts she doesn’t want happiness. Takumi looks surprised at her. He looks away and says in the end, no matter what he does, [it] can make her seize her role of happiness. [I’m not quite sure about this one] Reira is surprised and apologizes, she didn’t mean.. Takumi just tells her to calm down. He then leaves.

    At Naoki’s recording – probably for the music video, they were surprised that Takumi is standing at the corner gloomily looking at them. Naoki exclaims that he doesn’t have to come and check him out. Takumi says he just wants to see Naoki’s happy face so goodbye. Takumi promptly leaves. Naoki freaks out that was quite scary what happened. The manager says that Takumi is quite listless and it could be that he is exhausted/burn out. Naoki panics what would happen to Trapnest. The manager says that’s right for everyone depends on Takumi. At the apartment, Reira goes crying to Ren who offers her a drink. Reira asks what should she do to attain happiness just like ordinary people. Ren says that is a difficult question, don’t ask me, ask baldie. Reira cries over this. Ren says that would definitely how he would answer. He tells Reira to think of the other party’s happiness. Somehow this made Reira calm down. Ren tells her that he has decided to go back home so she should stay there. If he is free, he can go back and keep her company. Reira asks if he is going to get Nana. Ren says no..it isn’t time yet but if Nana returns by herself, she would definitely feel lonely. Ren looks back to see Reira smiling. Meanwhile, Yuri has just finished filming a bed scene. She happily reads the text message from Nobu who tells her that he is really bored so he decided to cook dinner. It taste good so she should anticipate it. He is writing music in the afternoon for a contest. He can still find work even in that situation so he asks her not to leave him. Yuri smiles happily over this. Gangster-looking manager tells her to go to the company. She asks why for after April, she isn’t going to accept anymore jobs. He says it is too bad if she is going to resign since she has talent. Yuri angrily shouts what talent. He says her acting talent and tells her someone wants to work with her. He wants others to see her true talent and he will take care of her. Yuri says that he said it so nicely when he have a percentage to it. The guy says it is true. There are many runaway girls like her but they don’t have the same spirit that she has. He tells her not to lose this opportunity. Yuri looks a bit sad as if she is thinking. Hachi happily greets Takumi home and said he was early. Takumi says he is really tired. She asks if he is okay. Takumi says he can’t endure it anymore that he just wants to go back there. Hachi happily hugs him. Hachi narrates if Nana has heard of the story about falling for the culprit who kidnapped that person. The morning when the glass broke, I was saved by Takumi as I sink into that trap. However, I really like him. Always until now, I still do. Last scene is of Shin in jail sadly looking up to the moon then down. Blurb: Everyone is looking for happiness..Shin is coming back, what would be the development in the story.

    Hehe, Takumi and Hachi acted like a couple here. =P From that narration, it made me think, huh, so she does like him..what about Nobu. ^^; Did I understood it wrong? I’m a bit confused with the introduction of Stockholm syndrome. So that means, Hachi doesn’t really like Takumi but because he is her ‘savior’ in that predicament, she thinks she likes him. The same as Shin was to Reira’s look alike. I do wonder if Takumi’s sudden tiredness is attributed to Reira. He doesn’t want to see her? Is it really just too many chocolates? Divine punishment for two-timing? =P Just as I had suspected, Reira’s actions can easily make others think that something is up with them. If she goes with Shin to Hachi’s house, Hachi will easily be able to confirm it. Ah, but if she did, what would she do? Hehe, I do think Hachi can easily intimidate Reira. =P Well, if Ren keeps it up with his drug problem, Trapnest might end up like Blast. He does plan to quit but it is harder than just will power especially with withdrawal symptoms. It is really amusing how both band’s bass player are similar in that aspect. Does it mean that they play extraordinarily well because of drugs, too? But then, if Takumi does get tired of ‘babysitting’ all of his members, it is also the end of Trapnest. Everyone is shock that the workaholic is tired all of a sudden. I think in the end, Yuri will get that job and leave Nobu since she isn’t shown in the future arc. Lastly, Shin will finally get out. It would be really awkward when that happens. He would have a lot of apology to do. The whole theme of this chapter seems to be ‘dependence’ aside from the ‘misplaced’ feeling. Hehe

    Word of the day:
    Each time that we depend on God to meet our daily needs, our strength in Him will be increased, like mighty trees from seeds. ~ Sper

    Skip Beat! [Chapter 117]
    Sunday, January 27, 2008 @ 03:29 p.m.

    On the 24th of December, the party starts at 7pm as guests start to arrive. Maria wearing a tux happily greets the guests. Kanae is furious for being made to walk through a red carpet with playing English soldier band, throwing of confetti and a guy who loudly announces the guests who are entering. Kanae is covered with confetti asks what kind of welcoming is that. Maria tells her that it is European style. Kanae asks if it was that person’s idea. Maria tells her that it is her grandfather’s and they [she and Kyouko] were even shock that he proposed that guests will be welcomed that way. After removing the confetti on her, Kanae says that it seems from a small one, the party has become grand one because of the president. Maria says there is nothing that can be done about that for it is his style. Since she wants her grandfather to live long, if he wants it to be flashy, they let him do as he pleases and he always tend to do it to the extreme limit. Kanae asks what’s with that side which seems to be quite flashy. Maria tells her that it is her grandpa’s friends and co-workers. Lory is wearing Chinese emperor costume and meets with an Egyptian costumed guy. They are talking in a language the others can’t understand. It is filled with people from different countries. Kanae is shock over a forest part of the party where there are some gloomy looking people. Maria says they were her friends – from those who love occult stuff. They were looking if it is really mermaid blood but it is just red wine. At the far side is fairy mountain which includes the chocolate waterfall. Maria says that at the stage, it has been arranged that she will be later on be introduced to her grandpa’s guests and VIP. Kanae says it seems people [from showbiz] have a lot of leisure time. Maria says isn’t this okay to at least have a break from work and go to a party that is why Kyouko is very happy about it. Kanae thought that Kyouko must want to make Maria happy. Kanae asks where is Kyouko since she didn’t see her around. Maria says that Kyouko is ‘fighting’ inside and since she can’t help, she is doing other things. Kanae asks what does she mean ‘fighting’ inside. Maria says with the food and desserts that she and Kyouko designed.

    Inside the kitchen, Kyouko is wearing a chef costume and just finished icing a dessert. She happily screams that it is finished. There are other chefs around who are busy preparing the other dishes and shouting around. They then shout for Kyouko to check the food before it goes to the guests. Kyouko quickly looks at them and approves as she is getting a bit dizzy since she is quite busy. She is then surprised to see Lory’s butler/chauffeur there who informs her that Kanae wants to see her. Kyouko says that she can’t go out yet because it is still very busy there. A chef then shouts for her to help in finishing the plate for the fairy mountain group. Kyouko tells the butler that she still has three things to oversee and help the others so she can’t go out yet.. The butler then tells Kanae with a straight face precisely as what Kyouko told him, I’m very sorry, Kanae!! For troubling you..just wait for some time. Kanae thought how could he say it such words in that matter yet having that normal expression on his face. Maria thinks for a while about which food haven’t come out yet. Then, she tells Kanae not to worry for she thinks around 9pm she can see Kyouko which is around half an hour from now. Maria tells her that there is entertainment at the party so she should watch. Someone calls out to Maria so Maria apologizes Kanae for she is leaving since she has still work to do. As Maria gives orders to the guy, she sees an older guy greeting her. Maria calls him Uncle Tora [tiger]. Behind the man is a smiling face of a tiger. Maria happily greets him and is glad that he came. Tora says if it is Maria’s invitation how could he won’t come. Maria says didn’t he also got an invitation from her grandfather. Tora pouts and says he did but even if he is very busy day and night, he will drop everything and go to Japan to attend when he got boss’[Lory] invitation. Maria is really happy about this for it is as grandpa said. Tora says but the reason for coming here today is to see Maria, isn’t it? Maria smiles and says yes. She hugs him and thanks him. She says she really likes uncle and she hopes that he will always be good friends with her and her grandpa.

    Tora goes to meet with Lory as they clasp hands. Lory calls him his full name which in Chinese is Yulu Toula, hence Maria’s nickname for him is Tora. Tora says it is a great party. He thanks Lory for his invitation and since he has met Maria earlier, he has heard that the party wasn’t Lory’s idea. He asks how could it have been the kids’ idea. Lory tells him that it is Maria and that other child [Kyouko]’s proposal. Tora perks up and says he has heard about the other child from Maria who is making the food and dessert for the party. Lory says honestly, there is no way she can make all those food by herself so she first made one of it for others to see then the chef helpers would imitate what she did. Lory mentions that the child’s work and cuisine is really delicious. Tora says it is quite admirable and she just a high school student. Lory says that he is also quite surprised that as a newcomer she can cook really well that make people can’t resist her food. Tora stares at Lory and says that he also heard of that child’s acting talent which is quite exceptional. Lory tells him not to look at him as if looking at a prey. Tora asks shouldn’t he be introducing her to him. Lory says if he wants him to introduce her to him then there is no problem. Tora says he eagerly anticipate that. Tora perks up again and says Lory must be also eagerly anticipating that thing about that favor, so when are they going to do it. Lory says they will do it after Maria’s introduction for she haven’t said her thanks yet at the party. On the stage, Maria has changed her outfit and is now wearing a dress. She happily greets the people there and that she will be providing music for everyone. She will be playing the piano from the first to the third part. The first part is dedicated to everyone whom she wants to thank. Everyone applause. Kanae thought that Maria’s playing is a bit unsatisfactory though it is because she is still young hence it is still a bit clumsy. Standing near a diamond-inspired table with the chocolate waterfall and fondue behind, Kanae thought that this place must be what Kyouko like – fairy mountain. Kanae becomes irritated when kids are shouting that Bou is there. Kanae thought that they should keep quiet for they are too noisy, if they aren’t going to mind the children, they shouldn’t have brought the children there. Kids are playing with Bou, the chicken as Bridge Rock trio tells them to stop it for that is enough since Bou is having a hard time with them. Looking at them, Kanae thought if she recall Kyouko is also going to thank those who are in the business after all, that is her first tv work. The person inside Bou is different so Bou is a bit ‘slow’. She remembers the time when she made Kyouko to become Bou and Kyouko was really irritated by it. Kanae then smiles after remembering the times they have spent together.

    It is already 920pm when Kyouko happily comes out and calls out to Kanae, sorry for making you wait, your Kyouko is here. She runs so fast that it made the skirts of some woman fly and a man’s wig flying. =P She freezes when Kanae angrily stares at her. Kyouko asks what is the matter and why does she have that ‘killer chi’. Kanae says it is nothing but you are quite irritating. This freaks out Kyouko who asks what is the matter, what did she do. Kanae bends on the table as she gloomily thought that hearing the plates chatter in the cart being pushed by the waiter has reminded her of all the food that she ate so that they won’t go to waste. If only Kyouko has come out sooner then she wouldn’t have to keep on eating until she now feels nausea. [Haha, just like how Kyouko unintentional made Ren before =P] Kyouko cries that even if she doesn’t know what is the matter, she apologizes but she really tried to come out earlier. Please don’t hate me. Then, they hear a noise and Kyouko wonders what it is. Kanae tells her that it is Maria and the band as a man joins her in playing the piano, two men play the violin while a woman plays the flute. Kanae says using familiar music, it makes the audience laugh. Kyouko says that’s true. She looks at Maria and says it is good for Maria looks really happy. Lory and Tora also looks at Maria, smiling. Kanae says that’s right because Maria feels responsible for she becomes depressed since her birthday is also her mother’s death anniversary. Kyouko thought for a while and says that’s right and it can also be said that she can’t distinguish. It is definitely being ‘responsible’ so she purely feels pain. Hating her own birthday. Maria must have been very vexed for the time of celebration and death memorial coincides so she didn’t find anything happy about that time and finds celebration boring. Since her mother died on the day of her birthday, she doesn’t want to celebrate her own birthday even if she wanted to celebrate it with the people she liked. It is painful for her if people would greet her happy birthday/congratulation [in Chinese] on her mother’s death anniversary. Saying that will not make Maria and others happily laugh and be merry. So to make it a happy time, her birthday has changed into grateful day.

    Maria has finished her concert. She then goes to her occult friends and shows a model of skulls which are lucky charms. She goes to Tora and dances with him. Lory flashily dances with another lady. Maria then goes to Kyouko and Kanae. They greet each other for their good work. Maria pulls Kyouko and says that she is going to introduce him to Uncle Tora. Kyouko and Kanae wonders what kind of person is that ‘Tora’ based on how Maria called him – guy with tiger head, villain, car worker. Maria finds Tora and Lory missing. She wonders if he have left..why..don’t know where he went..could it be the comfort room. A door from the box opens and Lory calls out hey. He is now wearing a tux. Lory tells a black haired guy that this is how he should do it, don’t forget it. The guy doesn’t seem want to do it. Lory shouts that they have practiced this really well and he’ll leave the rest to Tora. Tora tells him to leave it to him. Donning a cape, Lory says and now the grateful party is going to it’s climax. All prepared, let’s go out! Lory wears a hat while Tora wears a flashy jacket. Lory’s fabulous show will get started! And I think it is a magic show ^_^ How’s the other guy? Ren or Maria’s father? Since he seems to be at Tora’s height, I doubt it is Ren though they are somewhat chibi there. ^^; It seems that Tora will have a special role in the series else why does he want to be introduced to Kyouko. He might help her in her career ^-^ I’m really amazed with Kyouko. Wow, I think she can also succeed in the culinary world being able to supervise all of those food and even receive praises from high society people whose tastes would be pretty much at a high level. I do wonder why Bou has to be there..a representative of Kyouko’s first job? I wonder if Ren will know that it is a different person inside. ^-^ Since it is already 9pm, I had hoped that Kyouko will still change her clothes but I think that chance is slim..oh well, maybe the author will surprise us as to what will happen later on at the party. I can’t wait to see the party’s climax. ^-^

    Word of the day:
    Let's celebrate God's love and goodness with those who share our excitement. God's outpouring of His grace, mercy, and daily provision are just a few of the many reasons to rejoice! ~ Dave Branon

    Vampire Knight [ Chapter 36]
    Saturday, January 26, 2008 @ 10:50 p.m.

    Looking up to Zero, Kaname says that is one ‘I don’t to believe’ expression. Zero says Yuuki called you as ‘brother’ but you said it isn’t like that, what’s up with that. Kaname replies that Yuuki is a real genuine daughter of pureblood Kuran. Since you are a low-level vampire, you should understand this..but then, you stand at the side of those who hunt us. What are you going to do? Kaname leaves that question to Zero as he carries Yuuki and jumps down the building. From the library, Ruka[?] goes to the window as she smells the scent of blood. She realizes whose it is and says, how can this be? At some alley, Rido seems to be talking to himself out loud for Takuma to hear. He says now he’s going to pick that ripen fruit. He explains to us how nice Kaname is by making her drink his blood while she is still in the ‘human’ state in order to change her back into a vampire, otherwise, it would have been quite a painful awakening. Kaname goes back to Yuuki’s dorm where Aidou and Kain [her future bodyguards ^-^] are waiting. Kain asks if Yuuki Kurosu is a pureblood vampire. No reply so it seems to have made Kain think it is a yes. Aidou asks if she is Kaname’s sister. Kaname just looks down. Kain tries to inform Aidou that Kuran family doesn’t have a daughter. With a sad expression, Kaname says that Yuuki is the hidden beloved daughter of Juri and Yuu and was to become his wife hence she was born. That is if Yuuki still wishes for that. Kaname turns around to see Aidou’s face and asks why Aidou is surprised for in pureblood families, marrying one’s sibling isn’t such a strange thing. Aidou looks nervous and says..yes. Kain says then that owner of that shrouded dangerous air around school must be coveting after Yuuki. Kain assures Kaname that whoever the enemy is, they will still continue this ‘duty’. Kaname asks aren’t they going to ask the name of the enemy. Kain replies that it isn’t because Kaname is a pureblood that they are following him. Kaname says he is always being spoiled by them. Kaname then leaves with Yuuki.

    Zero is still on top of the building, clenching his left fist tightly over this latest development. It made his hand bleed that droplets of blood fall down below and drops on Rido’s face as Rido and Takuma pass by. Zero looks surprise by this as Rido looks up and wipes the drop of blood off his face. Zero must have left as Rido didn’t see anyone on top of the building. Rido says it is Zero, Ichiru’s twin. Takuma also looks up the building. Rido shares some information to Takuma by asking if Takuma knows that among [vampire] hunters, having twins is a taboo. Takuma says suppose knowing it. Rido replies although it has nothing to do with those two incompatible persons. Takuma just glances at Rido. Rido says Takuma looks a bit hesitant to obey. Is it because you don’t want to use that girl as a sacrifice offering for my revival or you still don’t want to betray Kaname or you can’t forgive me for making Senri’s body as hostage. Rido grabs his own neck and tries to wound himself. Takuma quickly grabs his hand and shouts for Rido to stop. Rido laughs and tells Rima who is sitting on a wall and looking at them to come down. Rido pulls his hand away from Takuma’s grasp. Rima says he isn’t Senri, who is he, she won’t go easy on him.

    While lying on the bed, Yuuki holds her throat as she feels her body so hot and that she is thirsty. Yuuki wakes up to see Kaname pats her head and tells her it is okay for her not to endure it. Her hair has grown long. She then sees his jugular vein that she quickly sits up. She tries to say something but Kaname tells her that it is okay and he knows what she wants to do. Yuuki hugs him and pushes him down on the bed. She licks his neck as Kaname holds her head. He apologizes to Yuuki for bring her into the hated curse of being bounded by blood. Yuuki thought I only want this person’s blood. She then bites into Kaname’s neck. He tells there’s nothing wrong with what she is doing so she shouldn’t cry. Upon the arrival of this, I’ve also waited very anxiously. Yuuki thought as her body is in contact with Kaname’s blood..she cannot understand..her and Kaname’s boundary -- She then sees a family crest somewhat like a looks like a flower but blood covers it. Then, a scene of a creature with long hair and huge sharp teeth behind what seems to be a broken wall. She wonders what it is and if it is a fragment of her memory. She looks at Kaname in surprise. He asks if she has seen a form of something. Yuuki says she did and it is a very scary form but, because she is also isn’t human. She hugs herself in fear as she tells Kaname that she remembered that night when their mother sacrificed herself for her, her body being ‘covered/sealed’, in order to protect her, their father went upstairs to fight against the bad person. Kaname holds her to comfort her as she cries that their parents are really strong yet now, they aren’t here anymore. Why do they have to do that..why should they want her to be far away. Kaname tells her to calm down. Suddenly claw-like marks scratched through the wall to the window. Yuuki is surprised that she did that. Kaname hugs her from behind and tells her not to deny her own existence nor deny the wishes of those two people [their parents] wish for her [to live on]. For ten years, he becomes the substitute for those two people in looking after Yuuki..the Yuuki who has forgotten everything. Yuuki then addresses him from sempai to brother to –sama that she definitely have a problem. Kaname asks why. Yuuki says because she loves her own brother. Kaname says what of it. Yuuki looks surprised as Kaname licks the blood that is still on her chin. Yuuki says but she has lived as a human until recently. Kaname says, so? We are engaged. Yuuki remembers a past wherein [most probably it was Kaname] saying that when they grow up, they would become like their parents. Yuuki says their parents are siblings but this, this thing is. Kaname says ‘is something that beasts do?’ That is so because we are not humans. Or could it be said that Yuuki also wants me to be all alone..? Yuuki thought, all alone.

    She then smells a scent of blood and wonders whose it is. Kaname holds her head and says that it is good that she can smell the scent of blood because this way, Yuuki would slowly realize where she should stand. Kaname goes out and tells her to wait there and he will be right back. After he left, Yuuki quickly goes out to the window and thought that disgusting air and the smell of blood...it isn’t Zero. Somewhere, Rima jumps backwards and holds the left side of her body that was wounded. Rima says it is disappointing to have a model’s body scarred. It was a sudden attack. It is during this time that it is good that she is a vampire for her wound quickly heals. Takuma goes in front of her and tells her not to force herself for the wound is quite deep. Takuma tells Rido to stop it for they shouldn’t be having fun like this nor make Senri do this kind of thing by his own hands. Rido says what if I say it doesn’t matter to me for sooner or later, there will be a day when it will be as Ichiou wishes, of eliminating anyone who opposes council of ancients. Rima finds it annoying that even if it is Senri’s voice and appearance, he shouldn’t treat her with contempt. Rima prepares to use her power which seems to be lightning and announces that she will remove the person within Senri so Senri should be able to understand [what she is going to do]. Rido smiles and says it won’t be that easy. Takuma quickly pushes Rima to the side as a blood whip attack hits Rima’s back from the ground. Rido says he missed [her heart]. Takuma holds Rima up and Rima is visibly angry. Rima calls Senri stupid for letting himself be used by others and he should cherish ‘himself’. Rido then buckles down and tells Senri not to repel him. Back at the room, Yuuki tells herself that she is relieved that it isn’t Zero’s blood even if she isn’t qualified to be worried about him. Then, she looks determined. The president of the school is looking at two pictures – one is of Zero and Yuuki while the other is of himself and two other people. He says, Zero..Yuki..Juri..I.. Outside the dorm, Kain looks up and calls out to Aidou. Yuuki suddenly jumps down to them. Kain says it seems she wants to escape. Aidou addresses her from Yuuki Kuruso to Yuuki Kuran-sama and informs her that they were told by Kaname that no matter what happen, she mustn’t leave that place and they will protect her. Yuuki tells them to please make way for her since there is a place where she should go. Aidou is then frustrating over what he should do. Yuuki tells them that if they don’t want Kaname to be angry at them then it would be okay if they come with her. She wants to go to the sun dorm. In front of Zero’s room, Yuuki knocks the door. There is also a scene of Touga outside the school.

    So, Yuuki is being impulsive again as she decides to see Zero contrary to what her brother/fiancé wants. I hope she won’t be in no danger because of that especially since she can’t control her powers yet. I had a sudden recall of all the things she has been doing impulsively that always get others in trouble like offering herself to Shizuka, offering herself to Zero then regrets it and even made Zero too dependent on her, and recently, from assuring Zero that she is okay, she goes to Kaname then back. Geez, it seems that she is ‘two-timing’ them. ^^; One of many reasons why Yuuki x Kaname doesn’t work for me. After confession, Kaname leaves her stunned. What no follow up? Making her agree to be his lover, it has to be a semi-blackmail. Now, she isn’t even a bit worried that Kaname has just headed to a place where she just smelled blood and that ‘disgusting air’. Not even a ‘be careful?’ Was it because she knows Kaname is strong enough to take care of himself or is it because she just doesn’t care much about it just like she doesn’t care that Zero is there while Kaname is asking her to be his lover. She doesn’t care also for her bodyguards as to what Kaname would do to them since they left the place. =P It made me think that she can only think one thing at a time and this time, she is worried about Zero. Mm..and who would attack Zero at this time? Oh wait, how did she know how Zero’s blood smells like when she doesn’t have that ability before? Too bad, she didn’t even make the connection as to what made Kaname to change her back to a vampire all of a sudden after all the ‘teasing’ that he doesn’t want to if she looks too worried. It didn’t even occur to her that it could be because their former enemy is back and is after her. And obviously, she doesn’t think of what Kaname would think if he gets back and learns that Yuuki just went to Zero’s room. Hehe, does Kaname have more pictures of Zero to stab with? =P Okay, so maybe she is just a bit disoriented as her vampire side awakens but still, she has time to worry about Zero. Oh well, I guess it can’t be helped since Zero is suicidal. I really hope that when Yuuki opens that door, she isn’t going to see Zero holding a gun on his head again. It would be fun though like Zero won’t open the door and Yuuki uses her newly found powers to destroy it. I would love to see Zero’s reaction. Too bad things have gotten a bit too serious lately. But, I’m glad that she has powers. Wind? I hope she can use it and fight. Oh ya, my ‘King Arthur’ theory does seem to be still applicable. While Kaname goes out to fight with the enemy, Yuuki goes to see Zero with assigned bodyguards. =P

    Poor Zero, I think he is at a loss as to what to do and frustrated over this new development. It does seem that Zero has lost everything there. Yuuki whom he plans to give his life to turns out to be a vampire, and not just a plain vampire but a pureblood one and worse of all, Kaname’s sister. Since Kaname mentioned about purebloods intermarrying, I won’t be surprised that Shizuka’s ancestors blood also flows in Yuuki’s. Hehe, if he thinks like Yuuki, he might think this is all a retribution for biting into Yuuki in the first place. If Zero is in his room, I think both Yuuki and Zero fail as perfects for with that scent of blood, obviously something is happening in school. Hehe, unless Zero’s windows are closed. =P I think the president should just get Kaname and others to become perfects for they get things done like capturing that vampire before who was loose on campus. Hehe, the president isn’t in any condition to protect the school either for he is too busy looking at photographs. Obviously, the president has a thing for Juri, lover or otherwise. diwj has pointed out that it is a bit similar as Zero, Kaname and Yuuki’s situation if he is indeed Juri’s lover. Even if it does seem awkward for Kaname to be close with his mother’s ex-lover, it does seem plausible to understand that is the reason why he is too fond of Yuuki. Good for Touga, he can sense trouble and is currently in the scene..haha, though it does seem to be just a coincidence. I think he is hunting for Rido that is why he is there now and that is why he was at the party before. If you think about it, Rido is the indirect cause of Zero’s parents death. Well, it could be deliberate if he was the one who made that request to vampire hunters and specifically asked the Kiriyuu couple to hunt Shizuka’s lover. He just got rid of two well-known vampire hunters including his fiancée’s lover. Rido does seem to know Zero. Did Ichiru told him? I’m guessing Rido knew it was Zero’s blood that fall on him because he had smelled/tasted Ichiru’s blood before. About that creature that Yuuki saw while biting into Kaname, is that their true form? Someone at BW hopes that it isn’t Juri though it could be her before she died. I think that bloodied family crest is theirs – Kuran. It looks like a flower and Kuran means ‘nine orchids’. Was it something she saw before she passed out?

    So, why does Kaname look sad when he mentioned that it is up to Yuuki if she still wants to be his wife? I think he is insecure for he thinks that Yuuki will eventually choose Zero. Is that why it has to be that blackmail. I’m amused over someone at BW who commented that Kaname is really wise to make Yuuki his lover even before she ‘awakens’ so that she won’t find it too objectable when she learns that they are siblings. I really hope that Kaname doesn’t turn to be just Yuuki’s food when she mentioned she only wants Kaname’s blood. I don’t think Yuuki is that convinced that it is okay for them to be together. I don’t like it when Kaname mentioned about Yuuki leaving him all alone. It is kind of foreboding that she will. Too bad they were interrupted for I do want to learn Yuuki’s reaction for me to more or less gauge her feelings for Kaname. I just came up with a bad scenario of Kaname sacrificing himself to make Yuuki human again for some reason like make Yuuki happy and doesn’t want to be alone. ^^;; I think it is somewhat nice of Kaname not tell Zero of or gloat of what is his true relationship with Yuuki [being his future wife] and just mentioned about her being vampire unless Zero already knows of this intermarry practice of purebloods. Kaname still has that sad look even when Yuuki is there and they were said to be engaged. Oh well, even if Yuuki does leave Kaname, I don’t think he will be alone as he thought. He just got himself a group of really good friends who are loyal to him and doesn’t care of he’s being a pureblood. Haha, unless purebloods live longer than ordinary vampires. It seems that Takuma has joined the other side is just to protect Senri in an indirect way. He even goes to the length of protect Rima. It doesn’t seem to be a major wound so I think she’ll survive especially since Kaname is arriving soon. It is nice that Rima manages to awaken Senri that goes to show the connection between the two. With three [four if Touga joins in and five if Senri is resisting Rido] vs one, they have a good chance against Rido. Geez, I suddenly fear what if Rido possess one of them. ^^;; So, it does seem that Yuuki is needed to revive Rido’s body if she is the one Rido is referring to. I’m still not sure why Rido is after Yuuki. If that was the reason, why would he go after Yuuki before when she was still young and he has his own body? My guess is that either he wants Yuuki for himself as a ‘wife’ that is why Kaname said he will personally deal with Rido before or Rido wants Yuuki dead because if Kaname and Yuuki did marry and had a child, the child would be more powerful compared to him, who only has Shizuka – based on her hair color, they aren’t exactly that related. He is after all, after becoming the ‘boss’ of the vampires. It is only recently that I realize his similarity with Naruto’s Madara for they can ‘move’ to other bodies and they are the main ‘hidden’ bosses. So right now, maybe Rido wants to kill off Kaname’s fiancé, tit for tat, since Ichiru told him that Kaname killed off his. Hehe, and it includes revenge for almost killing him and destroying his body. He after all had a wife already – Senri’s mother. Haha..all speculations go down the drain when the author decides to drop another shocking revelation. =P

    [Haha, while typing this and in the topic of incest/siblings love, I’m actually reading Kiken Jun'ai D.N.A by Kurumatani Haruko. In Chinese, the title is 'Dangerous Pure Love DNA'. It’s pretty good and so far, no smut as mentioned in baka manga. Hehe, if it did had smut, it wouldn’t be posted in BW =P It actually reminded me of an episode in Jigoku Shoujo. =P He crossdresses to make sure her sister doesn’t get any boyfriends since he is way beautiful than her as a girl. He actually does this because he is secretly in love with her. They aren’t blood related. Geez, I shouldn’t have browsed through it but I think something happened that made his father adopt her – she is his father’s friend’s daughter. Younger brother doesn’t want to tell her because she will be hurt by this. Things get complicated when she falls for him and she is also keeping it a secret for how could she fall for her younger brother. Then, there is also this guy who claims to want to be her boyfriend though this guy knew the younger brother’s secret of liking his sister and it turned out that he is also in that situation, too. Haha, what a soap opera. I’m still not sure if I’m going to summarize this one but I’m still going to read it. =P]

    Word of the day:
    True security can be found only in our Lord, who promises to save us and be near us. ~ Anne Cetas from Our Daily Bread

    Preview from Raws: Vampire Knight, Skip Beat!, Ouran and Kaichou wa Maid-sama
    Thursday, January 24, 2008 @ 06:40 p.m.

    Haha, developments in Vampire Knight [c. 36] and they just as shocking as the last chapter. O_o You’re right, bk1, it will stir some discussions. Someone just uploaded a teaser in BW. No wonder Kaname didn’t say that they are ‘siblings’ or he’s Yuuki’s brother because Yuuki is born to become his wife. What?! Then, the other fact that comes out is that Juri and Yuu are actually siblings. Eh?! So, perhaps incest does happens in pureblood families – ya, keep the pureness of blood within the family. Then, the teaser pic is that Yuuki’s hair has become long and bites into Kaname. Yum. The last words Kaname said in that pic is, Yuuki, do not cry. Okay..now where would Zero fit in all of this? ^^; Poll results are out. Kaname wins again as the winner with Zero a close second and then Yuuki. Favorite lover is Kaname followed by Zero then Takuma. Favorite brother is Zero followed by Takuma then Aidou. Favorite saying is from Night 15 by Zero then Night 26 by Kaname and followed by Night 18 by Yuuki. Favorite couple is Yuuki x Zero then Rima X Senri, Yuuki x Kaname and Zero x Kaname. =P From ANN, more seiyuu information. Aidou’s seiyuu is Lelouch of Code Geass. Kain’s seiyuu is Archer of Fate/Stay Night. Senri’s seiyuu is Kira of Gundam Seed. Takuma’s seiyuu is Kondou of Gintama. It will be out by April. On that site, they typed Zero and Yuuki’s names apart from the others so it could be that the anime will be aiming for Zero X Yuuki. For the official site: http://www.vampire-knight.jp/ Hehe, what do you think of the anime version of the characters? Well, something seems to be off but will see when they start moving.

    I have seen the raws and here’s what happened based on pictures and some kanji that I can read. Poor Zero, still pretty shock over the revelation as Kaname carries unconscious Yuuki. Kaname tells Zero that Yuuki is a pure blood Kuran and some thing else. Kaname jumps down with Yuuki from the building, leaving Zero quite at a loss. I think that is Ruka who has smelled blood while she is in the library. She then trembles over it. Rido and Takuma are in an alley between a couple of buildings. Rido is talking about Kaname, vampire, pain, ‘human’, Kuran blood, etc. Kuran passes by Kain and Aidou. Kain says that Yuuki is a pureblood vampire. Aidou asks if she is Kaname’s sister. Kaname didn’t reply. Kain explains something to Aidou about the females in Kuran family. I think Kaname just told them that Yuuki is a secret daughter of Juri and Yuu..ah to be his wife. Aidou looks surprise over this though Kaname is looking sad here. Kaname asks if Aidou is surprise, pureblood tend to intermarry [incest] to keep the precious thing..blah. Kain asks about the school and mentioned sister which probably alludes to Yuuki. Kain asks who is the enemy. Also something about pureblood and reason of Kuran. Kuran said something and left. Zero is still standing on top of the building. He must be pretty angry that he is clenching his fist so tight that it is bleeding. As drops of his blood fell, it drops on Rido’s cheek. Zero looks surprised. This made Rido look up but I think Zero is gone. Rido says it is Zero, Ichiru’s something. Hehe, probably twin. Rido licks the Zero’s blood..yum while talking about something to Takuma. Rido mentioned something about those two’s relation, and Kaname..Senri. Rido suddenly grabs his own neck and tries to wound it. Takuma quickly stops him. Rima is sitting on top of the wall and realizes that he isn’t the real Senri. She asks who is he.

    Yuuki wakes up and becomes thirsty for blood. Kaname tells her to slowly..something. This collar is untied and he shows his neck with veins on it. Probably to make her lust for blood. Yuuki’s hair has become really long now. She grabs hold to him then pushes him down on the bed. She licks his neck. Kaname talks a bit here about blood. Yuuki then goes in for the bite..yum. Some more talk from Kaname and thoughts from Yuuki. She is crying probably because she isn’t human anymore. She then ‘sees’ a bloodied symbol and a beast with long hair and long sharp teeth. She suddenly looks surprised and wonders if it is a piece of her memory. Yuuki looks scared and talk about being human and nightmare. This includes pictures of their parents. She is holding her head as Kaname tries to calm her..I think about the two being strong. Suddenly, claw-like marks scratch from the window to the wall. This surprises Yuuki. Since Yuuki looks pretty shock, I’m guessing she unconsciously did that. Kaname hugs her from behind and tells her about herself and last ten years ago. Yuuki probably says her about being siblings cannot be in love. Kaname says something about engagement. Hehe, I think he just licked her chin. ^^; [Since this is Lala, I don’t be surprised if they would be having hickeys soon. Lol] After some more talk, they were interrupted by a scent of blood. Kaname leaves the room, probably to check it out. Yuuki quickly goes to the window and wonders if it is Zero’s. Elsewhere, Rima is wounded. Takuma seems to have taken Rima’s side as he is protecting her and told her of Rido. I’m not sure if Rima’s power is wind or lightning. But she got wounded again when Rido did a trick below the ground and stabbed her with ‘blood whip attack’ from behind. Rima is pretty angry and probably says something about Senri. This made Rido in pain or can’t move as he bends down and thought if it is Senri. Sitting down below the window, Yuuki begins to worry about Zero and probably want to calm him down. She also mentioned the word qualification. She then looks determined. The president is looking at a couple of picture frames – one is Yuuki and Zero while the other is the president with two people seems to be a man and a woman. The president just says Zero..Yuuki..Juri..I [I’m guessing that last one].. The two bodyguards, I mean Kain and Aidou see Yuuki come down from the building. Aidou first addressed her as Yuuki Kurosu but changed it to Yuuki Kuran. Aidou must have told her of Kaname’s orders not to leave. Yuuki says something to them and about going to sun dorm first. The two can’t seem to go against her. Outside the school, Touga has come. So while Kaname is away, Yuuki stand out the door and then knocks..thinking, Zero. [Her other lover. =P Sorry, I can’t resist.] Hehe I will comment on this chapter when I properly summarize it.

    I'm somewhat disappointed with Skip Beat! [c. 117] That chapter is basically about Maria's party. Kanae looks nice in her dress -- yup, no one will think that she is actually poor. What got me disappointed is Kyouko is just wearing a chef's uniform as she is helping out with the cooking. So much for her dressing up...still hoping she will, later on =P The chapter starts with Kanae complaining about the grand entrance she received then Maria gives her a bit of tour. Then, Kyouko preparing food with the help of many chefs. She sees a tiger guy whom I think is her father since they seem quite close. Then, tiger guy talks with Lory. Maria goes to entertain the guest while Kanae is annoyed with the children there who goes after a Bou mascot. After a while, she enjoys herself as she remembers the times she spent with Kyouko. At 920pm, Kyouko happily comes rushing out to Kanae who gave her a dark stare..probably not to embarrass her. Kyouko freaks out and seems to be worried for making Kanae angry. Then, they were interrupted by Maria who is playing a piano with a guy while a couple other guys are playing violins. Kyouko is pleased that Maria looks really happy and even Lory is happy about it. Kyouko and Kanae have a long conversation about Maria. Maria shows some skulls? to the guests and dance with tiger guy. Maria goes to Kyouko and seems to want to introduce them but tiger guy and Lory have disappeared. Lory and Tiger guy has changed clothes to a tux though Lory has a hat and a cape. Blurb: Lory’s fabulous show will get started – it’s in English. So, it ends with Lory and probably ‘Maria's father’ planning to do their part in the party. So, nothing much seemed to have happened. ^^;

    Ouran High Host Club [c. 58] is quite Haruhi x Tamaki centric. Tamaki and the gang charge into the clinic only to find that Haruhi has already left. Haruhi went all the way to Meiko’s school to ask about the magazine she left. After some talk with freaking out and sneezes, Meiko tries to explain something but her school’s bell is ringing so I think she suggests to Haruhi to research about it. While walking, Haruhi cries in disgust over ‘over-the-top’ Tamaki scenes then freaks out over ‘being close’ Tamaki scenes. She goes to a bookstore and scans through a shoujo manga. She is shock over this and actually imagined having a kid with Tamaki. Lol After buying some books, Haruhi kept on thinking about this that she becomes a ‘hazard’ to the people for she kept on bumping them. A police even came to pick her up..probably for being not in school. She must have explained her cold so they sent her home. At the playground, Haruhi is still thinking of things and about her mother. A woman has find her and I thinks she is from the clinic. After giving Haruhi some tissues, the woman called someone and promptly, a car appears and out came Tamaki. Tamaki quickly hugs her which made Haruhi freak out some more then he helps wipe her nose. They then have a long talk before Haruhi passes out. Lots of thoughs from Haruhi including the time when Tamaki saved her when she fell into the sea. She wakes up to see Tamaki looking after her. They talk a bit and Haruhi said something that made Tamaki blush and freak out. Meiko is outside Haruhi’s house, doesn’t want to disturb the two. The next day, Haruhi is well and seems to be in good spirits. The twins and that glasses guy greet her and they talk a bit. The last scene is the woman before looking at some files of Haruhi which includes a picture of Haruhi and Tamaki together. The title is investigative report. It is probably the investigation of all of Tamaki’s friends by his grandmother. It’s suppose to be just the colored spread but I can’t resist that other one. =P

    In Kaichou wa Maid-sama [c. 23], they are still in some footman ambition contest which seems to be initiated by Tora, that rich student who tried to get Misaki to become their school’s kaichou. Usui and Misaki have entered the contest, based on ex-fansubber’s blog, I think they have to win because it is related to the maid cafe. While at a ring, Misaki lost her footing but was saved by Usui..though he looks hurt as he was the one who got hit on the ground. Misaki is worried but Usui said he is fine though obviously, he isn’t. Then, it is their turn to participate. The host seems to be in cahoots with Tora who is going to act as their boss whom they will serve in the competition. They were asked to do some task which shocks Misaki. But then, she gets more shock when it turns out that Usui can play the violin. Usui plays the violin while Misaki serves the ‘boss’. Usui is having a hard time that Misaki tell Usui to quit it for he is hurt. It seems that they will lose or something but Misaki didn’t care. I think they forfeited. Maid café boss seem to agree over Misaki’s decision. The host seems to be displeased about something but Tora seems satisfied over what happened and seems to be plotting over something. While the others left to get some doctor, Usui tells Misaki to remove her wig. He kissed her head and says something as Misaki is about to cry. He rests his head on Misaki’s shoulder. I’m bored so I typed this one while waiting for Ouran. I’m still reading the Chinese scans and currently I’m at chapter 18. Honestly, I still haven’t really gotten into the series. ^^;; I kind of think I’m missing a lot of things and the many texts just makes my mind blank though re-checking in that blog, my understanding is pretty right. Hehe, didn’t I said before I like the colored covers of this series? =P

    All raw scans except Skip Beat! are by windgrey for BW

    Thought of the day:
    A man who is a master of patience is master of everything else ~ George Savile

    Ojousama wa Oyomesama [Chapter 6-9]
    Wednesday, January 23, 2008 @ 08:16 p.m.

    Yuuga has just woke up when the door slams open. It is Eienko, all dressed up and happily greets him a good morning. Much to Yuuga’s irritation, Towako quickly takes pictures of him as ‘just woke up Yuuga’. Yuuga asks what’s up. Towako says of course, they are going to a honeymoon. Yuuga is surprised and says, is that so. It seems that Yuuga has gotten used to things happening so quickly. Towako tells him to hurry up and dress. She also tells him that his clothes are already brought there from his house. Towako proceeds to untie Yuuga’s yukata. This make Yuuga suddenly remember the nightmare of Towako peeking into his shorts. Yuuga quickly tosses Towako out of the room and shouts that he is going to dress up by himself. Outside his room, Towako happily thought of the romantic things they will do, and she has planned a lot just for this day so she will do her best. Her mother comes and calls her. Her mother tells her, at the end, she should say, ‘It’s really great.’ so that Yuuga will be happy. Towako is puzzled. The door slams open as Yuuga shouts for Eienko’s mother not to give any weird ideas to Eienko. Her mother says but she is just looking out for her daughter. Yuuga shouts that isn’t looking out for her daughter, for if she did that, it would be like she is just ‘acting’ and it isn’t her true feelings. Setsuna, together with Utsugi, arrives and greets Eienko. Setsuna apologizes about yesterday. Towako asks what is he saying. Yuuga is surprised that Towako has forgotten about it. Their mother scarily tells Setsuna, this isn’t something to be sorry about, if you say you are doing it for your sister but it is a heavy sin to have a forbidden love, you should be cautious. While Towako is still wondering what did happen, Yuuga doesn’t quite believe that Setsuna was just thinking of his sister. [I think Setsuna made up an alibi that he did it for Towako] Setsuna smiles and tells Yuuga not to worry, for he will think over what Yuuga said before. Yuuga was touched but it turned out that Setsuna is just saying it on face value as Setsuna quickly snubs him and praises Eienko’s outfit. Yuuga is irritated that Tsubaki pats his shoulder to comfort him.

    After everyone said their goodbye, they go to a sea resort. Holding a parasol, Towako happily exclaims to Yuuga all the things they are going to do. They will be there for 4 days and 3 nights. Towako then realizes that she will be alone with Yuuga. Looking at Yuuga, she suddenly becomes embarrassed that she holds the parasol on her face. Yuuga tells her that the parasol will be useless if she does that for the sun is at her back. Towako wonders why she suddenly become nervous. She tells Yuuga that they go to the shrine first. Since she is walking with the parasol on her face, she almost hits a couple of tourists if it haven’t been for Yuuga who holds her back. Yuuga apologizes to the couple and tells Eienko, not to walk too leisurely. Suddenly, Towako feels tense as Yuuga is too close to her and talking to her near her ear. She instinctively raises both of her hands and this hits Yuuga in the face. Ouch. Yuuga angrily asks what is the matter. Towako apologizes as she is dizzy and really red from blushing. She thought that her heart seems to want to jump out. She reprimands herself for acting that way when they should be more lovey-dovey during this time. They go to eat some dessert at some restaurant. Towako wants to feed him but Yuuga looks at her, shining in her eyes, that he can eat on his own. Towako again instinctively throws the ‘soup’ of the dessert on Yuuga’s face. Yuuga asks if she just deliberately did that. Towako says she didn’t, her hand just moved by itself. She wonders why did Yuuga suddenly become ‘sparkling’ for even if she likes him, how come she can’t face him right now. Yuuga says that his t-shirt is wet. Still blushing, Towako gets another t-shirt and asks him to change. When he removes his wet t-shirt, Towako nosebleeds and falls to the floor. It made Yuuga asks if she is sick.

    Back at the inn, Towako is gloomily sulking at one corner and thought that today is a failure that she becomes so tense with Yuuga and can’t even come near him. She wonders why is she acting like that and tells herself that she must smile when he talks to her. Yuuga asks if she is okay. Towako turns around and in a ‘wooden face’, she says she is okay. This made Yuuga speechless and says that he is going to take a bath first. Towako returns to normal and cries why aren’t things going smoothly. Why is it when they are outside, she is afraid of looking directly into Yuuga’s eyes. She thought that she has planned this for a long time – thinking of what outfits she is going to wear. He is the first one who gave her a range of emotions and she doesn’t want their happy honeymoon to become like that. She looks determined and thought that the day isn’t over yet. At the men’s hot spring, Yuuga muses that Towako haven’t change and has become way too nervous. He then sees someone standing at the door. He is surprised that it is Towako wearing only a towel and sunglasses. To his shock, Towako removes her sunglasses and shouts, Yuuga, here I come. Towako jumps into the water with him. She hugs him that Yuuga suddenly tries to push her away and tell her to leave. Towako says she doesn’t want to and hugs him again. Yuuga shouts, what..what are you doing, quickly leave, stupid. Towako says it is okay for she has taken a shower first before going there. Yuuga shouts that isn’t the problem. Towako shouts she doesn’t want to leave. She thought that if she leaves, she will see Yuuga’s face and that will be quite a problem. Yuuga shouts if she actually know what she is doing. Towako shouts that she knows, that is why she is there...she wants become Yuuga’s wife. Towako thought that she actually said it. Yuuga asks if that is true she knows since she was really nervous in the afternoon. He pulls her face to him and says at this time, there is no man who can maintain his level-headedness. Towako thought that it is the first time that Yuuga’s eyes look passionate yet in pain from enduring something. Yuuga kisses her on top of her nose as Towako thought that the current situation is okay. Yuuga asks her to close her eyes. She did as they share a longer kiss.

    Suddenly, Towako panics and wonders what comes next – Yuuga’s lips are warm, where should she put her hand. She tries to remember what her mother taught her but her mind is going blank. To Yuuga’s surprise, Towako has fainted that he has to bring her out of the water before she drowns. When Towako wakes up, she finds herself in their room while Yuuga gloomily looks out the window. Towako frantically asks what happened. Yuuga says that she fainted and there is no way that they could have continued. Towako apologizes and quickly looks at the time. It is still 8pm so she tells Yuuga that they continue. Yuuga turns around and sits in front of her. This made Towako blush red again. He holds her face as she thought that there is no more time left as it will be 9pm soon yet her heart isn’t quite prepared yet. She tells him to wait. Yuuga sternly tells her, doing this already makes you shake a lot, if you don’t want to do it, then don’t seduce me. Yuuga stands up and says that he is going to sleep in another room. Yuuga leaves as Towako looks stunned. Towako cries and shouts out loud, something delicious is in front of you and you didn’t eat it, it is a man’s disgrace, stupid Yuuga! Yuuga overhears it and looks a bit embarrassed as some of the helpers in the inn are whispering about him. Yuuga wonders what should he do and that he won’t be able to sleep that night. At the room, Towako cries that Yuuga must be angry but then, it is her fault though why does he have to sleep in another room. She has waited a long time for this day and she really want to do it but she doesn’t know why things doesn’t turn out okay, when she wanted to become a real wife.

    The next day, it is raining. They stand apart from each other and both say, it is raining. Towako weeps why is it raining when she checked the weather that it is okay during those days. To her surprise, Yuuga apologizes to her. Towako shakes her head and says that she should be the one apologizing. She thought that he is really nice and cool even though she is the one at fault. Yuuga opens the umbrella and says that they should go to the next itinerary. Towako happily goes near him so that they can share in the umbrella. Pause. They remembered what happened last night. They both blush red and quickly moves away from each other. So, they ended up bringing two separate umbrellas and won’t dare get too close to each other. Even pulling the bell at the shrine, they have to do it separately. Towako thought how can things become like that. They aren’t facing each other while walking in the rain. Towako sees a sign board which tells about a legend. In a small island near that place is Monkey Island wherein if a couple holds the tail of a monkey, they will be forever be one at heart. She looks up and sees the island below from where she is. When Yuuga turns around to talk to Eienko, he is surprised that she isn’t there anymore. He asks around as to where Towako is. A couple of foreigners tell him that they saw that girl going out to the sea. They try to stop her since the waves are already high and dangerous but she kept on insisting. Towako is riding on a jet ski as she thought that they should do this and she will go to Monkey Island. Yuuga reaches the shore to see Towako riding the jet ski as tall waves are splashing about. In the end, Towako loses her grip and falls into the water. She thought how could she die in that place when she and Yuuga haven’t even-- She is then rescued by Yuuga who is also riding on a jet ski. Towako says that it is like a prince [saving her]. Yuuga angrily shouts what prince, stupid. He reprimands her for almost getting herself killed and to stop dreaming of those things. Towako can only apologize.

    Since Monkey Island is already near, they head off there. They see a shop and entered there through the window as the shop is closed that day. As Yuuga removes his wet clothes, he asks her what is she doing there. Towako thought that he is angry and quickly looks away before she nosebleeds again. She says she wants to find a monkey. Yuuga points to a sign board and asks if she meant this about a couple holding the white monkey’s tail then they will close together. Towako happily says so holding the tail together, how about we do it. Yuuga angrily shouts at her that she gets herself almost killed because of a monkey. No, I won’t want to look for it. Towako angrily thought that he shouldn’t have said it that way even though she would like to thank him for saving her. Yuuga gets a t-shirt from the rack of souvenir t-shirts being sold at the shop. Yuuga tells Towako not to believe that legend for it is only made up to entice people to go to that island..someone like an ojousama who doesn’t know about the real world. This made Towako angry that she grabs a monkey stuffed toy and throws it to Yuuga. She shouts why does he have to say it in that way. Throwing a lot of monkey stuffed toys at him, she shouts she wants her marriage with Yuuga to go smoothly that the honeymoon will be really romantic but things doesn’t turn out okay so.. She is in the verge of tears that she looks away from Yuuga who is covered in a pile of stuffed toys. Towako calms herself down as she thought that her mother told her not to easily cry in front of others. Towako says, that she will look for it by herself. Yuuga asks her why isn’t it working well, he doesn’t understand. She asks huh but Yuuga says he is going to sleep. Towako asks what does he mean. Yuuga tells her if she tries to look for the monkey while he is sleeping, he is going to divorce her. [hehe, so that he won’t be looking for her the whole night] Towako cries that she doesn’t want a divorce. Yuuga then gives her some pajamas to wear. Towako asks if she can actually sleep in that place. Yuuga looks at her and says, when it is already 9pm, she can sleep anywhere. Towako is embarrassed by this and tries to protest but it was useless. Yuuga lies down on the sofa and tells her good night. Towako goes to the other sofa. Seeing that the table is in between them. She pushes the table away and pushes her sofa near his then goes back lying on the sofa. She can only pout and says, hmph. Second day honeymoon ends at Monkey Island.

    The next day, Towako looks outside and is happy that it has stopped raining. She wasn’t able to sleep that well at night. She goes to sleeping Yuuga and puts her head on his stomach. She thought that they were also that ‘noisy’ when they first met but the feeling now isn’t the same as before, for when she is calm, she isn’t like this, divorce, is something she never thought about. Even if the contract is taken away, nor if they weren’t able to sufficiently protect the rings from being on them, their two hearts cannot be separated. Yuuga has awaken and is about to touch her head when she whines about that things can’t happen if they stay there. Yuuga quickly fakes being asleep. Towako thought that even if Yuuga calls her stupid, she will definitely find a monkey and there is surely one in that island. From the window, she sees something furry and white. She quickly looks out and sees a white small monkey. She shouts monkey that Yuuga is surprised as he is still faking to be asleep. Towako shouts for him to wake up for they are going to catch it. Yuuga says he doesn’t want to. Towako shouts that the legend must be true as she jumps out of the window and chases after the monkey even as Yuuga tells her to wait. She shouts for the monkey to wait for she just wants to hold its tail. She hopes that the current situation will change for the better if they hold the tail. Unfortunately, she can’t catch it for it is too fast for her. She manages to corner it as it looks scared. With a scary look, Towako tells it to be nice for she isn’t going to do anything bad to it, so come to her already. It manages to quickly run behind a boulder. She goes around and is surprised to see a black-haired man. She points at him and asks if he is the monkey. Looking at him, she wonders how could the monkey become a person, it’s really great but how come there’s no tail. The man tells her to relax for the monkey is up there. He points to the tree. Towako apologizes for the mistake. The man tells her to get it, she must entice it with something it likes. He takes out some snack on his hand and the monkey quickly goes to his hand to eat it.

    Towako is amazed by this for being able to get the monkey. She thought that she can’t quite guess the man’s age. The man asks if she wants to hold it’s tail. Towako happily says she wants to but isn’t it suppose to be two people doing it. To her shock, the man is holding the monkey and made her touch the tail at the same time. He laughs and says isn’t it like this. Towako is shock in horror that she hold the monkey’s tail with this guy. She is even more shock that Yuuga has just seen it. Yuuga is really angry as Towako is panicking. How did things turn out this way?! The monkey happily escapes. Towako quickly tries to explain but Yuuga just holds her hand and says they are leaving. The man calls out and says, wait. Yuuga turns around and asks what is it. The man points to Eienko’s feet and says is it okay for she is already hurt. Towako has run out in a hurry that she is in barefoot and her feet are now wounded. The man asks if they are really married. Yuuga looks at Towako and asks if she even said this to the guy. Towako says she didn’t. The man says looking for the monkey because of the legend, they must have seen that signboard for stupid lovers. Towako is surprised that he knew about it. Yuuga shouts so what if it is, it’s none of your business. The man says, it’s nothing, but for you to let your girlfriend become uneasy that she runs after a monkey and in the process, hurting her feet, you must be still a brat. This made Towako furious. She says wait a minute, what are you driving at, let’s not talk about the monkey first, you must be really bored to mind other people. She wants things to go smoothly but in the end, it is all messed up. Also, even if I am the one at fault for being the cause of everything since by myself, I chased after the monkey but insulting my husband, is something I cannot forgive. Yuuga is surprised by this as the man holds in his laugh. This made Towako angrily that she shouts what is he laughing at. He says it is nice being young and he has went through that stage before. Towako angrily shouts, what!! Yuuga says that’s enough, let’s go back to the sea side. He bends down so as to carry her piggybank-style. Towako is embarrassed and says that she can walk on her own. Since the man is laughing at them, this made Towako angry that she decides to let Yuuga carry her. Yuuga asks if she has hold on him tight. She says yes. Yuuga then turns around to leave. Towako looks back at the man and sticks out her tongue at him.

    While walking, Towako tries to explain about that guy and how he was able to lure the monkey. The two then argues as Towako cries that she believes the legend but Yuuga says he doesn’t. Yuuga says he doesn’t like the tone of how the man had said it but the man is right for he has made her uneasy. Towako tells him not to mind what that man said for she did it on her own. Yuuga says it is because she didn’t ask him and just did things on her own without asking about his opinion. What is that couple legend, it is just a formality and has no meaning since ‘he’ isn’t there. Towako is surprised by this and says, how can it be... She thought, when did it start. She asks him to put her down. Yuuga must have fallen down as he is lying on the ground. Towako looks at him while kneeling down. She says, why do you say it like that? Didn’t I say that I want to marry Yuuga? If things didn’t go smoothly, there is a possibility that they might separate so.. She thought, I did many plans for the trip, even at night, doing my best, even looking for the monkey, but..I haven’t even been focusing on Yuuga. What could Yuuga be thinking then, she never thought of it. Towako starts to cry as she apologizes. Yuuga sits up and wipes her tears. He says there is no need to apologize because he didn’t say it to her either. Do you know why we are here together now? Because we are ‘married’ isn’t this your wish? He smiles at her as she blushes. Even if we don’t seem to be married, it is okay. Didn’t you say it before, even if things didn’t go smoothly, it doesn’t mean that it is a failure. If it didn’t go smoothly, then let’s think of a way and it will be okay since the two of us are together. I think they kiss then both laugh. Towako thought I have forgotten the most important thing compare to all of the formalities. The one in front of my eyes is the most important even if there is no marriage, contract nor wedding rings.

    The rest of the day went smoothly. Upon reaching the shore, Yuuga tells her to have a change of clothes before going out. After changing, they happily eat together and say that it was delicious. Towako happily takes his pictures. Yuuga would ask if her feet is okay. Towako says it is okay since she is wearing flat shoes. They have a nice time as Towako thought that she wants to be beside this person. They are in a souvenir shop when Towako is looking at some monkey stuffed toys. Towako wonders, now that I think about it, that person, who is he. Yuuga is thinking that he doesn’t want to see monkeys again. At a steamboat [the type you see in Mississippi River], Monkey guy [as they call him in BW] is talking on the phone. He says, enough already, I know, I will quickly head back. Ah? Ah.ah..Towako Gokurakuin is a really interesting person. The next time we meet, I wonder what kind of expression she will make. At the inn, the couple kiss each other again. Yuuga says that it seems she isn’t that nervous anymore. Towako says it is because she doesn’t want him to think she is too modest so she is so nervous but since he said that it is okay if things didn’t turn smoothly, she has become more relaxed. Yuuga says it is okay even if she did those extreme things. Towako says since they are married couple, they should act like married couple – eating together and at night, doing what they should do. Yuuga is surprised and says that the first half of what she said is okay but the latter half, even if he is a healthy third year student guy, there has to be some limitations. Suddenly, something comes out of Towako’s robe. To Yuuga’s shock, it is the little white monkey before. Towako asks it how it got there. Towako thought it is quite cute, and apologizes for what happened in the morning. She asks if it wants to sleep together. Towako then tells him that they have to sleep early because tomorrow noon they are going to ride the boat back. She greets Yuuga good night. Lying on the futon, she says, it is soft and warm ah, don’t move and touch that. Poor Yuuga as he is angry and distress for being outdone by a monkey. He weeps in his sleep as he thought he will never recognize that monkey as the one in the legend.

    So, that ends the honeymoon arc and this is the latest chapter uploaded. I like the main theme of this arc – being too busy and focused on other small things that one forgot what is most important. Towako has been trying too hard to make things work instead of making it just flow smoothly that the two days of their honeymoon didn’t turn out the way she wanted it to be. Though the scenes in chapter 6 is like Towako is in love and can’t handle Yuuga’s handsome looks. =P It is nice that Yuuga has been quite patient throughout this and even the first to apologize though it isn’t really his fault. It makes one think, are you sure you haven’t been in love before? ^^; I’ll say that even if Yuuga is from a broken family, he has been brought up well. I do think that he will hate monkeys from now on. =P Will they bring that monkey back home? Speaking of monkey, a third party is introduced and he seems to know Towako. I wonder how would he be related to her. Could he be Setsuna’s henchman sent to spy on them? I’m sure though that he will cause trouble for the couple. And when they return, there is still Setsuna. Mm..I’m still wondering about the set-up when they return. Would Yuuga go back to school? Would he live with Towako or she would be living in his apartment? I really like a lot of scenes here. Aside from the funny scenes, there are also those romantic ones and when Towako would defend Yuuga from Monkey guy. I think the author feels sorry for Yuuga that she made a nice, sexy spread of him for chapter 9. I like it so, I’ll post it below. It is actually misleading for I thought something will happen in that chapter. ^^;

    Thought of the day:
    Never let a problem to be solved become more important than the person to be loved. ~ Barbara Johnson

    Weekly Jump Update: Bleach, Naruto, One Piece, D. Grayman, Reborn and PSYREN
    Tuesday, January 22, 2008 @ 11:25 a.m.

    [Still no Gintama so there is probably no Gintama this week ^^;]

    Aporro is hoping to be quickly stabbed by the Mayuri’s zanpaku in Bleach [c. 306] for it seems like eternity that he is in pain. Unfortunately for him, Mayuri breaks his zanpaku hence, Aporro will not get the ‘release’ he hopes for. Mayuri even lectures about not liking perfection for with perfection, there is no place for improvement and as a scientist, that is the end. Ishida asks if it is okay that his zanpaku is broke. Mayuri says he can just repair it as long as the hilt is intact. Mayuri gets Nemu and goes lovey-dovey with her based on the sound effects and Ishida + Renji’s reaction. To their surprise, Nemu is now all well. Mayuri orders Nemu to dig in a certain place. She did and almost hit Peshe and Dondo. They try to introduce themselves but just ended up being thrown away. They find a door underneath the rumble. Mayuri says it is a place which a scientist keeps secure, and it is the storage room for their research materials. Two hanged bodies are shown..well, their feet are shown and it made me think it is Mayuri and Nemu’s real bodies. The last scene is of Nnoitra laughing his head off that Kenpachi can’t hurt him because no zanpaku can cut his steel ‘skin’ and it is the toughest among all of the espada. Nnoitra has injured Kepanchi while Inoue has already started healing Ichigo. So much for Aporro, talk about torture..being in pain and everything yet can’t die. Just like the cover before, I don’t like this one either. I get what the author is trying to say like being imperfect like the devil, is more good. ^^; Does he have to make that reference? Well, if Aporro is suppose to be perfect, he won’t be in that situation. I still wonder why is that room there. Does it mean that Mayuri and Nemu left their bodies there before? Well, Nnoitra laughing about cannot be cut does seem to be how Kenpachi use to taunt the same way to Ichigo when they fought. If Nnoitra wants to push it even further, he can even laugh at Kenpachi’s zanpaku for it doesn’t look sharp enough. =P Also, I find it suspicious for someone like Nnoitra to be gloating like that yet, he is just number 5. So, it now for the final battle. I hope there is more of a challenge than the other two which seems a bit one-sided. It’s good that Ichigo is being healed already. Does that mean that Inoue can heal people faster now or the fight has been ongoing for some time already? I’m still thinking that even after all of this, will they get Inoue back or will Ulquiorra/Aizen come and get her again? Ah, a year has passed and they are still in saving Inoue arc and haven’t exactly saved her yet. ^^; I’m thinking maybe they should have used the time for more training and just waited for the captains to help them get Inoue out.

    There’s a lot of talk in Naruto [c. 385]. It turned out that the Itachi that Sasuke stabbed is just an illusion. Hehe, I mean, how can they chit-chat for a long while being stabbed like that. I do wonder if Sasuke actually thought he stabbed the real one since didn’t he said last chapter that he won’t ask the question if Itachi is about to die? So, what did they talk about – the mangekyou sharingan which can be used to control the kyuubi and it can lead to blindness. Sasuke also got the answer to his question as to who is the other sharingan user that Itachi mentioned before. It is no other than Madara who turns out to be Itachi’s teacher and accomplice in the murder of the Uchiha clan before. If Madara is Itachi’s teacher and accomplice, that could be a reason why Itachi is in Akatsuki. It made me wonder why was it announced before about Sasuke being dead during their meeting. Does Madara plan to replace Itachi with Sasuke since Itachi is going blind? So, Itachi went ahead and meet with Sasuke now, after all this time? Also, do they seem to want Sasuke in their group, could it because they need another mangekyou sharingan user to get the kyuubi. Actually, it is a great plan especially since Naruto is too attached to Sasuke but would Sasuke actually do it for them? Itachi said that Madara is an immortal so I think he can change from one body to another just like how he did with Pain. I kind of think that Madara has some hatred for Jiraiya that he made all of the other Pains [bodies] to have all connected to Jiraiya before. Revenge because Jiraiya’s student, Minamoto, has sealed the kyuubi? Anyway, this in the end, I think it is an excuse for Sasuke to team up with Naruto to defeat the main villain of the series, Mandara.

    Kuma made everything in rubbles and is about to grab unconscious Luff when Zoro attacks Kuma in One Piece [c. 485]. Zoro realizes that Kuma is a cyborg like Franky. Kuma opens his mouth and tries to blast Zoro but Zoro manages to evade. Zoro sees that the blast even melts metal so he is way beyond Franky’s level. Kuma tells him that he is a pacifista, a living weapon which was made by the greatest inventor, Vegapunk. Zoro says that with a devil fruit and such a body, he doesn’t have much hope against Kuma especially since his body doesn’t listen to him anymore. Zoro asks if he will only be satisfied with taking Luffy’s head. Kuma says that is the most he is willing to concede. Zoro offers himself as replacement for Luffy. He tells Kuma that even if he isn’t that famous yet, he plans to be the greatest swordsman. Kuma asks if he is willing to die for Luffy even if he has that ambition. Zoro says he has no choice now for he wants to save the crew and if he can’t even save the captain, then his ambition is just an empty boast. Zoro says Luffy is going to be pirate king. Sanji comes out of the rubble and says if Zoro died, what will happen to his ambition. He tells Kuma to take him instead for he will become famous soon. He tells Zoro to tell the others to take care and find another cook. This made Zoro hit him and he again stands to be killed by Kuma. Kuma says he would be really laughed at if he killed the Strawhats at their present state. Kuma decides to just remove the pain and fatigue that Luffy had when he fought against Moria and give them to Zoro. Kuma says at Zoro’s state, it could kill him. Kuma gives him a taste by tossing a bit of bubble from the bubble paw that has taken away Luffy’s pain and fatigue. Zoro screams in pain.

    As he lie on the ground, Kuma asks how is it. Zoro tells him to change place. Zoro takes it all in near the forest. As Kuma is about to leave, he says, having such nakama, no wonder he’s your son, Dragon. Later on, Lola/Laura shouts for everyone that they are all right and Kuma must have thought they are dead and left. Everyone is wondering why Luffy seems to be suddenly okay. Sanji says how could it be that as if nothing happened. He quickly looks for Zoro and finds Zoro standing near the forest. He asks where is the seven seas. Sanji is then shock to see Zoro heavily bleeding and asks if he is even still alive. Sanji also shouts what happened. Zoro says nothing happened. Wow, Luffy is really lucky to have such friends who are willing to die for him. I guess it is partly because of this that Kuma decided not just use that method to deal with them and left. Zoro’s stamina must be really great to have survived that. It is nice to see that even if they ‘hate’ each other, Zoro and Sanji are willing to sacrifice themselves so that one of them would still be there for Luffy. It does seem that they are going to beat each other up just to be the one to do it for Luffy. I also think that Zoro will not be telling anyone what he just did for Luffy and I somewhat doubt Sanji will be telling about it to the others. From how Kuma talked about Dragon, it seems that they are close. Anyway, after many fights before, I think this is one time that Luffy doesn’t have to be sleeping for a long time after the major fight and he is actually physically well than the others were.

    While everyone else are fighting Lulu and Johnny calling Tapp, a still alive akuma just ate Johnny in D. Gray-man [c. 144]. Lulu can’t handle the generals attack that she puts Miranda on the egg to prevent them from destroying it. Because of the attack that they unleashed on the egg, it made the whole headquarters shake. Things start to fall down. The nurses protect the patients, Rabi protects Rinali and Chaoji + Kanda rescue some guy. Lulu manages to dive in the gate with the egg. She wonders if the egg can still be fixed. To her shock, Allen has come in with it and he destroyed the egg from within. Allen rescues Miranda and heads back. Cross is pleased that Allen has made it even if he attacked the egg when Allen jumped in. Cloud notices that the gate has been closed. Bookman looks at Miranda and says she is only unconscious. Suddenly, Allen’s left eye starts to activate. He hears a laughing sound. I feel sorry for Johnny..after being stabbed before and survived, the author went in for the kill in this one. So much for thinking that he might survive. ^^; That chance has suddenly become almost nil. Mm..do akumas eat humans? If I recall, they just infect them. Well, I wonder what Allen will do now if he knew that Johnny is in that akuma.

    Tsuna basically just defeats all of the attacks that Dendro has unleashed in Katekyo Hitman Reborn! [c. 177]. ^^; Then, he defeats Dendro. This made slight tremors that the enemies notice it. They thought that Dendro is going target practice again though some sensors has been tampered with. They put on the video and didn’t notice anything. Though three ‘big’ boss types – turban man, afro hair woman and magician starry eye person thought otherwise. Magician says very naïve as Tsuna and others are running inside. By the way, Irie is too busy with the invasion in Vongola headquarters so he doesn’t know this has happened. I guess they will have more battles later on. I wonder if they have been more careful, they won’t be noticed. Either way, they are already noticed by Dendro and dealing with him would make his allies know because he is pretty ‘loud’. ^^;

    After recovering for his initial shock, Ageha decides to move on to the meeting point in PSYREN [c. 6]. He thought that he has to survive. Amamiya and Asaga arrive at the next point only to be attacked with arrows by the cyborg. Asaga tries to defeat it but he got defeated. When he was pinned down by some rubble, Amamiya tells him to escape. She removes her glasses and says Raizu. She manages to catch the arrow that the cyborg is about to shoot at her. Amamiya uses that technique again but it obviously is tiring her out. The cyborg decides to toss multiple darts instead of a single arrow. Suddenly, Ageha stabs it through the stomach. Asaga manages to get out of the rubble and push Amamiya to the floor when he thought she is going to be hit by the darts. Amamiya calls out to Ageha as the cyborg is still alive and starts to strangle him. I guess they have to use a different tactic to kill it. Maybe like, stabbing it to the head. Huge single eye is usually a weakness. =P The body seems to be man-made or reminds me of the Frankenstein monster.

    Quote of the day:
    The difficulty is not so great to die for a friend, as to find a friend worth dying for. ~ Homer

    Koibana! Koiseyo Hanabi [Chapter 5-6]
    Monday, January 21, 2008 @ 04:37 p.m.

    [BW is online today so I manage to get these chapters. ^-^ I was suppose to put up Weekly Jump but Gintama isn’t out yet. I don’t know if there is no issue for this week so I’ll wait till tomorrow and in the meantime, put this summary up. Scans are by hiromao for BW.]

    Chikai dragged Hanabi to ‘Men’s Secret Room’ and to her surprise, Chikai just cosplay into different costumes – prince, policeman, doctor, butler, j-rocker, etc and lastly, rabbit. ^^; All the other girls are happily taking his pictures on their phones - look here, smile a bit, etc as Hanabi who is sitting down looks aghast. Two other boys complain why is Chikai dressing up for just one girl when it isn’t his turn yet. A girl says wasn’t he scheduled for the afternoon. Another one says it is okay since she managed to take a picture of all of the costumes Chikai was in. Another girl asks if Hanabi is his girlfriend. Chika says, no way. The girls scream that even if he is a rabbit, he is still quite cold. Hanabi shouts that’s enough and quickly leaves the room. She bumps into a girl wearing a junior high uniform who is about to enter the room. The girl gives her scarf back and asks if she is alright. Hanabi is relieved to see a girl who is cute and nice unlike boys and thanks her. As Hanabi leaves, she tells the girl to have fun. Then, someone in the room calls out to the girl, Sasa, where have you gone? Sasa apologizes. Hanabi thought that no matter what Chikai wears, he is still a boy. She reprimands herself for being stupid for she still remembers vividly everything that Chikai wore. Do not obstruct my sight. Do no intrude into my feelings. She happily returns to her friends. A scene of Chikai making something in the carpentry shop. A student asks what is he doing. Chikai says don’t mind me.

    Mei Yi and Glasses [Chikai’s friend] have finally finished selling the onigiri. Glasses is able to do this with her then sees Hanabi with the others. He asks isn’t it her, she isn’t the same as the girls there. [I’m not sure if who is saying that latter part if it is Mei Yi or Glasses] Glasses says, ah, I’m talking about Chikai’s girl, she is a really beautiful girl but keep this a secret from the other girls else they’ll make a ruckus about it. Mei Yi just looks at him. Glasses says but for him, Mei Yi is the most beautiful. Mei Yi says she don’t care. She then says, ah..he has a girlfriend. Glasses shouts but he doesn’t have one. Mei Yi says I don’t care. Looking at the festival’s schedule, Hanabi says that they eat something while waiting for the third years’ show which is an hour away. Xiao Xu apologizes to Hanabi and says that she wants to spend see what the craftsman section is doing. The other girls also want to so they left Hanabi with Mei Yi and Yuan Shi. The two tell Hanabi that before eating, they would want to go to the toilet. Hanabi waits for them outside because there is a long line in the girl’s toilet. Someone complains why are too few girl’s toilet in this school. While sitting near the bushes, Hanabi made her phone’s wallpaper, the dog plant-sculpture that the principal made picture she has taken. She happily giggles and thought that it is cute. She freezes when someone calls out, that’s something, smiling on your own. Hanabi quickly closes her eyes and vexes Chikai even more. Hanabi thought when is this person going to be satisfied to stop harassing me. She notices something is on her lap that she opens her eyes. It is a small wooden dog-shaped figure with a collar made of nuts [nuts and blots]. Hanabi thought that it is really cute. She then freezes and asks what it all means.

    Chikai laughs and says it is easy to read her that he guessed that she likes dogs because she was so high over the principal’s work. Chikai is then shock that Hanabi gives it back to him and walks away. She sees Sasa who greets her. Hanabi asks if in her school, she has a cooking class. Sasa looks at her in surprise that Hanabi is puzzled. Just as Sasa is about to explain something. Chikai pulls up Sasa’s blouse and says up to when are you going to dress up this way, do you like to cosplay this outfit, Sasa-kun? To Hanabi’s horror, Sasa turns out to be a guy. No breasts and has armpit hair. Hanabi quickly closes her eyes and look away. Chikai and Sasa look at her as Chikai let go of Sasa. Chikai asks if you know that it is a guy, then you would react this way, aren’t you just discriminating over boys and girls. [reacting depends on the sexes] Hanabi shouts no..no it isn’t like that. She thought, do not intrude, do not mess up my feelings. I don’t think that way but..why does it hurt? She then looks away. Sasa is puzzled with the two. Sasa approaches Hanabi and asks what is the matter, she can talk with Sasa-chan but doesn’t want to get long with Sasa-kun. Hanabi exclaims that it isn’t that she doesn’t want.. She remembers Sasa’s true sex that she looks sick and just says, ha ha. Hanabi thought that what Chikai said is true about sex discrimination and she is hurt as she is always trying to escape this pain. Mei Yi and Yuan Shi come back. Yuan Shi says that Chikai is from crafts work section and the one whom she thought is from a different school is the one from profession [office work] section. Sasa happily introduces himself. Hanabi thought that Sasa-chan is a nice person..no Sasa-kun. Hanabi looks at Sasa who is happily talking then looks away when she sees Chikai looking at her. Mei Yi is looking at Hanabi. Hanabi thought that if she is with Chikai, she has this hurt feeling.

    After they ate, the girls went to the auditorium to see the fashion show of their sempai – third year L section. Xiao Xu has re-joined the group. Hanabi is super excited to see the pretty dresses as the models walk by. She wonders if two years from now, she can make dresses like those and she hopes to be victorious over her irritated thing = Chikai. Hanabi is surprised that someone exclaims beside her that it is really cute. It is Sasa who is now wearing his uniform. Sasa says that L class is really great. Hanabi just agrees with him. Sasa says she has heard from Chikai about her hating guys so why don’t she just treat him as a girl. Hanabi says how can she. She thought that Sasa is like a girl and is as cute as a girl, he is really nice. Sasa then points out to one of the dresses and says it is really cute. Hanabi agrees with him. They both exclaim that it is like a butterfly. The guy beside Sasa apologizes to Hanabi since Sasa is too noisy. Hanabi says there is no problem, she doesn’t think so. Hanabi thought that Sasa can even say cute at cute things, so there is such a guy like that. Sasa looks surprised and says, really. Hanabi says that’s right. Xiao Xu is surprised that Hanabi is actually talking to a guy. The models are now in bridal clothes. Hanabi and Sasa screams that they want to wear it. Xiao Xu and the other guy say they can’t. Sasa continues to exclaim the skirt is really nice. Xiao Xu tells Hanabi that she can’t wear it unless she gets married. Hanabi replies that she knows but the third years are wearing it. Xiao Xu says, if that is the case.. Hanabi thought that she doesn’t plan on becoming getting married much less become a bride. In the finale of the show, Hanabi is shock to see Chikai walking out with two girls in wedding clothes. Hanabi thought what’s up with him, does he really like to cosplay himself. No matter how irritating, always obstructing my many vision/sight, stupid!

    After Hanabi and Mei Yi throw the trash, Mei Yi asks where are they going after the festival. Hanabi says that they are going to the karaoke and during ordinary times, Mei Yi doesn’t join them. Mei Yi says of course, after school, still be with people from school, it is quite troublesome but after work at the cultural festival, since Hanabi and others want to go, so she will also go. Hanabi is happy about this and tells Mei Yi that they should go for everyone else are waiting. She says it is also okay for her just to sit down and drink something. Hanabi suggests that they go through a shortcut. While walking at the forested path, Mei Yi is surprised that there is such a path. Hanabi says she has discovered it only recently that there is such a place in their school. Hanabi thought that it is a really nice path as long as I don’t see that guy. To her surprise, Chikai just jumps down from the fence of the school building. Hanabi closes her eyes and thought that he is going to bother her again. To her surprise, Chikai just looks at her and walks away. Hanabi wonders what’s wrong, will he just quietly walk away. While Chikai is a bit far away, he remembers something. He tosses the small wooden dog figure at her. She catches it. He says he is going to give it to her, he also doesn’t want it because he made it for her. Hanabi holds it and just looks at him, looking flustered.

    So, bringing her to that place turns out to be just Chikai cosplaying. I do wonder if she is more irritated that he is making a fool of her or when Chikai tells the others that there is no way she will be his girlfriend. Well, it seems that Hanabi has somewhat lower her defenses against a boy when it comes to Sasa who likes cute and girly things and can pass of as a girl. It is somewhat amusing when the two of them are shouting happily at the fashion show as if they are close friends. Also, it seems that Chikai is fed up with Hanabi that he is avoiding her. I’m kind of thinking that he gave that wooden dog made for her either because he doesn’t want to have anything to do with her or it would be just a waste to not give it to the one whom he made it for. Maybe he also don’t want to be ‘hated’ by a girl as if he was some bully and that is why I think he gave her that wooden dog figure or he decided to stop before others have a misunderstanding that he likes her. Intended or not, if after bugging some person constantly, when one suddenly stops, it makes the other person wonder why. Hehe Mei Yi seems to be constantly observing Hanabi and Chikai in these two chapters. Is it because she thinks Hanabi is falling for Chikai = trouble especially since she knows that Chikai has a girlfriend? From how things are updated, I guess we’ll have to wait for a month for the Chinese scans to be out. Simplified Chinese scans must be trying to catch up with the Japanese raws since they are releasing two chapters at once. ^^;;

    Quote of the day:
    Judgments prevent us from seeing the good that lies beyond appearances. ~Wayne W. Dyer

    Monthly Blahs: Blog and Manga
    Saturday, January 19, 2008 @ 08:53 p.m.

    Tomorrow is the anniversary of this blog so as usual, I will like to give my round of thanks. First of all, I would like to thank God that I’m still here today and for making my health generally well last year. This blog won’t be possible without His grace since He has given me the time, energy and wisdom to do this. Then, I would like to thank my parents for providing my needs which includes my internet connection. =P Of course, I would like to thank my dear readers for reading the summaries especially those who tagged in their thanks, support and comments. They were really encouraging. ^-^ I also want to thank those who voted in the poll. Also, thanks to the mangaka-s, animators and game makers for keeping me entertained the whole year around and without them, this blog won’t be at its present state. Hehe, as you all know, this blog is suppose to be a personal blog but then, my life is too boring that I ended up talking about the things that I read, watched and played. It is recently I remembered that this is also what happened to the diary that I used to write. Lol, from personal, it ended up with writing about the movies and stories that I have watched/read and they include summaries! ^^;; What a weirdo. Lastly, I would like to thank Google for being the leading referrer to my blog and also those other sites that linked my blog. Anyway, hope that this coming year will be as fun as this year and with many exciting twists in the series that I’m summarizing and you guys are reading. Well, maybe even new series as just this year, I had summarized a lot of new ones.

    Once again, THANK YOU VERY MUCH.

    While BW is still unaccessible, I’ll try to catch up with other series that aren’t updated yet. Hehe, I actually took advantage of Jump two week break to update most of the new series. =P I had put V.B. Rose on hold because I don’t like the new arc that much. It is once again about the past and those aren’t that fun to summarize. It is basically Mitsuya and Tsuyu’s story. It actually made me miss Ageha. ^^;; Also, the scans are pretty bad that it easily zaps my interest away. I’m four chapters away from the latest one. Then, there’s Otomen. I’m five chapters away from the latest one and since this is episodic, the drive to want to do this just isn’t there. I have also been planning to just wait for the volume to come out for easier translation. Now, the problem is the latest chapter was updated last September and there are no new ones. It made me think that the uploaders has lost interest in this one because at first, I thought the author is on a break or something but a new volume is out. That means, it is still ongoing. As for Bokutachi wa Shitte Shimatta and Ojousama wa Oyomesama, only less than 5 chapters till update so I hope to finish it by next week or the next. I do have three more chapters of Venus Capriccio but they are the same as VBR and Otomen, bad scans and in simplified Chinese. I’m still waiting a bit if the traditional scans are going to be uploaded then, if no choice, I’ll do the ones I have.

    Manga: I begin to wonder why I’m still reading Air Gear ^^; It has become boring again as some underlings of Sora tries to finish off Ikki but have to face Akito. In chapters 188-190, Akito gets frightened by the enemy then he switches to his other personality to beat up the weirdo who is a copycat of Bel from Reborn since he cries over split blood and goes in insane but this one is just a pushover. In Kekkaishi [193-195], Yoshimori goes back home even though he didn’t seem to get answers from Moshimori who left with a huge jar which probably contains injured big eye. Yoshimori is promptly beaten up by Tokine for making everyone worried. Later on, Yoshimori goes bonding with Sen and friend. Then, a ground god – looks like a small Buddha statue, arrives then starts to make it rain blood. Sen says that it is the same as what the fortune teller girl before had said. Okuni is saying that Karasumori is in danger. I think it has something to do with that carp-looking thing that attacked Masamori’s men before. Argh, it’s irritating that my Chinese is still crappy that I can’t understand most of what is said-explained in manga-s like this.

    Rosario + Vampire [c. 10] ends season 1 of this series. Tsukune’s cousin got separated from the others. She takes out a mirror from the envelope that was given to her. A fairy appears and tells her to show it to the people there which reveals their true selves = everyone are monsters. This made a ruckus among the students. Moka manages to save the cousin from being harmed by others. She later on came to trust Moka even if she is a ‘monster’. It turns out to be all that Medusa teacher’s doing. She made the others become their real self that they kept on ‘love attacking’ Tsukune so that Moka is on her own against Medusa. Soon, Tsukune manages to get the others to save Moka and after the cross is removed, Moka easily defeats Moka. Since the school is a wreck, Tsukune goes home while the repairs are being made. The girls paid him a visit and caused lots of commotion. After Moka knew what Tsukune tells about them to his mother, she goes after the other girls and beat them up so that they keep it down. In the end, they all head back to monster world as they wait for Tsukune to return. As usual, there is many fan service and the story is so-so. Though, this must be quite popular that it now has season 2 and an anime. Unfortunately, the anime has even more ridiculous fan service, as I saw reviewed from a different blog, that I’m not going to watch it.

    I actually read parts of season 2 before I read this last volume. There are three chapters out. The first one is Tsukune’s return as the girls mob him. ^^; They are now all classmates. Yukari did something to make Tsukune attracted to Moka. Everything ended with Moka’s real vampire personality kicking Tsukune away. Tsukune notes that she has become stronger. It ends with Tsukune running away, shouting he isn’t food as Moka wants a bite of him. Nothing much different from the first season. The second chapter is more on Kurono who wants to get Tsukune by impressing him that she can get the fruit monster during their field trip. Tsukune isn’t too happy about eating it though. It turned out the fruit is just a bait by a bigger monster. In the end, Moka again saves the day with some teamwork by the others. It ends with Tsukune have to be brought to the hospital because of food poisoning from the fruit monster. Again, nothing much different though his reaction on having to eat the fruit is amusing. The third chapter is Moka’s younger sister is in school. She has saved Tsukune from being eaten by some hog monster. It turned out that the younger sister wants to beat up Moka. They try to make Moka defeated so that she would stop with the dare. Tsukune even theorized that the sister just wants to be with her. It is only when the other Moka comes and defeated the sister when they realized that the sister likes the other Moka, not the nice Moka. The chapter ends with Moka running away from her sister as her sister wants to make the other Moka reappear by beating her up. ^^;; I guess now it is Moka running away from something than the usual, Tsukune running away from something. I’m still reading this as it is still entertaining for me even though it is episodic and nothing much is happening. ^^;;

    Something actually happened in Fullmetal Alchemist [c. 79]. I’m surprised that they actually defeated Envy and by Malcolm no less. I’m not sure though if I should be happy over this development or not. The series has become a bit boring ever since they went to the North. I’m not sure if it is because Roy and others aren’t around much anymore. From how the story is going, I kind of think the author plans to finish off the homunculi according to when they are introduced. The first ones will be defeated first as Lust, Gluttony and Envy. I do wonder how they are going to defeat Ling-Greed, if they can still be separated. Well, Envy got separated from his real form..mm..what is that thing anyway. I wonder if they will put him in a flask or something. I have browsed through Bloody Kiss [v. 2] and there is nothing much to talk about it. ^^; It ends there but the things that made me read it volume 1 isn’t there. A new guy is introduced but still, it is the two of them who ends up together. Oh ya, I have browsed through S.A, it was okay at first then I got stuck at around volume 3..somewhat lost interest around there. I think I’ll just watch the anime when it is out rather than read more of this, also, that way, I won’t be too spoiled. Since I was summaries a lot last month, I wasn’t able to watch much anime and play Persona 3. ^^; Hopefully, I’ll get to do that again this week. ^-^

    Word of the day:
    When you think of all that's good, give thanks to God. ~ Our Daily Bread

    Faster Than A Kiss [Chapter 8-10]
    Friday, January 18, 2008 @ 10:38 p.m.

    [Thank God I was able to grab these three chapters from BW before it becomes inaccessible again. Okay, I was suppose to do until chapter 9 but leaving only 10 left, I thought, what the heck just finish it all up to 10. Haha, isn’t this like faster than any of the other summaries I have done before? ^^;; It’s a miracle! Lol I updated this series in just three days!! Yes, that means, chapter 10 is the last chapter available..not only in sites, it is the latest chapter out in Japan! Tongs has scanlated chapter 10 for BW. Anyway, I hope BW will be accessible by January 24 when the Lala raws will be out. ^_^ ]

    Chapter 8: It is school cultural festival time and they are going to do a play of Snow White. Fumino is casted as the prince. Oka as the princess. Fumino is practicing her lines but she can’t quite memorize them yet. To Fumino’s shock, she learns that Kazuma decides to participate in the play, too as the wicked stepmother. Just seeing Kazuma donning a cape and holding a mirror, laughingly shouts, mirror, mirror on the wall, whose the fairest is already quite amusing. Fumino wonders why she is still a bit uneasy. To her surprise, Ken will be playing as her horse. Everyone notices the uneasiness between the two as Fumino is a bit hesitant to ride on Ken – piggybank style – as her horse. It seems that Ken isn’t fully convinced that Fumino and Kazuma are indeed going steady. Fumino can only mentally apologize to Ken for in fact, she and Kazuma are already married, not just going steady. At home, Kazuma tells Fumino not to worry since there is no evidence about them being together and compared to that, she should be worrying about her lines for the play. Fumino is having a hard time memorizing her lines. She says she still has to fetch Teppei from school. Kazuma tells her to just let Ryuu handle that. Fumino shouts how could they always hassle Ryuu about things like that. Kazuma thinks and says how about he asks the principal and students if Teppei can go to their school. Fumino asks if he really can do that. Kazuma says that during cultural festival, nobody would notice Teppei.

    This is true for the next day, she has brought Teppei to school and nobody did notice as they are all busy with their own preparations. Fumino’s girl friends happily greet Teppei. Amidst everyone, Kazuma’s relative is also walking around the school. Teppei helps make paper chain decorations. Fumino asks where Oka is. They say that she went to get something. Since Fumino also has to buy some things they need, she decides to go out. Ken offers to do it but Fumino says no then quickly leaves. This made the others whisper if Ken did something perverted to Fumino that she is avoiding him. Ken shouts that he didn’t do anything. While running out, Fumino tells herself that she still can’t quite face Ken even though Ken tries to talk to her. Just then, she sees Oka being dragged to the bushes by some guy wearing a cap, mask and jacket = the type that makes you think pervert stalker. Fumino quickly kicks the guy away and shouts, what are you doing to Snow White! The hoodlum quickly runs away. In class, Fumino informs the others about the hoodlum. Kazuma asks if she is okay and Fumino says she is. Fumino asks Oka if she is okay and isn’t she hurt. She comforts Oka that made everyone think that Fumino is really like a prince. Ken is aghast with himself that he should have indeed went with Fumino. Kazuma tells everyone to go home early after they are finished with their duties. He tells the guys to accompany the girls in going home. Fumino wonders who will accompany her. It turns out to be Ken.

    While walking home, the two are quite uneasy as Teppei wonders what’s up with the two. Ken starts the conversation by telling Fumino not to take his confession too seriously else they would be quite uneasy with each other just like how they are now. Fumino agrees with that. When they arrive at her house, Fumino says it is okay even if he didn’t walk her home and she decides to capture that hoodlum the next time she sees him. Ken says that even if she is a ‘prince’, she is still a girl. Fumino just laughs and tells Ken to take care on his way home. After she left, Ken convinces himself that there is no way Kazuma will do that thing and he still shouldn’t give up hope. At 11pm, Kazuma has arrive home. While taking his bag, Fumino asks if it is busy at work. Fumino tells him that she went home with Ken. Kazuma smiles and says that Ken is a dependable guy. He pats her head and says Ken can substitute for him in protecting her. Kazuma then goes in his room. Pause. Fumino barges into his room and shouts what did you say. This surprises Kazuma as he is already changing clothes. Fumino shouts what substitute is he saying, is Ken no big deal to him. Kazuma says that isn’t what he meant, she should also protect herself well. Pinning him down, Fumino says he can easily kick the hoodlum away. Kazuma says even so, she shouldn’t go home alone and also, this pose is quite great. Fumino realizes that she is on top of almost naked Kazuma on bed. Fumino proceeds to beat him up [probably kicked him again] as she is embarrassed. Teppei is already soundly sleeping. Fumino thought that even if she knows that he wants to protect her, she still thinks that he doesn’t believe in her because she is stronger than him. She goes to school carrying a baseball bat. They were all fearful of her because of the killer chi she is emitting. Going home with Ken and Teppei, she will flash her flashlight around, trying to find the hoodlum. Ken tells her not to do that. Fumino thought that she doesn’t need to be protected.

    During dress rehearsal for the play, they were all amazed at how good Fumino looks as the prince. She is wearing a wig to make her hair look short. While changing back to her uniform in the make-shift dressing room, Fumino is still wearing her wig while she thought that there is no news of that hoodlum anymore and Kazuma doesn’t mention anything about it when he arrives late at home. Fumino hears some noise so she peeks out the curtains to see what it was. To her surprise, it is a young man [Kazuma’s relative]. He apologizes then pulls her bra. Peeking in, he asks why are you wearing a girl’s outfit. A loud scream as the relative flies out of the window – probably kicked away by Fumino. Using the curtains to cover herself [she is wearing a bra and her school uniform skirt], Fumino shouts to the others who came running in, that she just kicked the pervert out the window. Everyone rushes outside to get the culprit. While thinking that this pervert looks tamer than the one she saw before, Fumino is about to wear her blouse when she hears a clicking sound. She turns around to see the hoodlum before taking pictures of her. The hoodlum realizes that she was the one who kicked him away earlier. He tries to stop her from screaming so he grabs her and tries to cover her mouth. Just then, Ken arrives as he wants to ask Fumino what does the pervert whom she kicked away look like. He is surprise to see the real hoodlum is holding on to Fumino, covering her mouth. Fumino is trying to struggle free. Upon seeing Ken, the pervert panics that he quickly takes a scissors that he saw nearby. From the window, Kazuma climbs in and tells the pervert, let go of your dirty hands! Stinky brat! The hoodlum quickly lets go of Fumino. He turns around and asks who he is. The pervert manages to wound Kazuma’s left cheek with the scissors but Kazuma grabs the guy’s hand. The hoodlum looks scared because of Kazuma who looks scary with that slightly crazed look. Kazuma says, I’m the homeroom teacher. Fumino and Kazuma look shock. Later on, Lao [muscular teacher] takes the unconscious hoodlum as everyone asks if he was the pervert they were looking for.

    At the clinic, the doctor is treating Kazuma’s wound. She says that it seems that the hoodlum has not left the school even if Kazuma was patrolling the school every night until it is late. Kazuma says but still, they manage to get him in the end. The doctor tells him not to do things hastily again. Kazuma smiles and says it is just a small thing, and it is all for his student. Fumino doesn’t looks happy about it. Ken who is standing outside, decides to leave as he angrily thought that next time, he will be the first to save Fumino instead of Kazuma. The doctor leaves and tells Kazuma to rest for a while there. Fumino is sitting beside him at the bed. Fumino cries and apologizes to Kazuma. Kazuma says it is nothing but.. Kazuma touches her face and Fumino realizes that Kazuma’s hand is shaking. He says, even if you are very strong, I will still be uneasy, I hope you understand..that you are not your own sole possession. [Basically, she has to think of him, too, so she should not get herself hurt] Fumino says yes. Kazuma hugs her tight as Fumino thought if she take care of herself..can she protect him. If that is how it is, I will definitely can do it. Kazuma goes out of the clinic and is surprised to hear someone call out to him, ah, I found you, brother. Kazuma looks up and from the stairs, he sees the young man. Kazuma just says, Shoma? Shoma asks why is his face, wounded, did he blew his top again. Kazuma just says, huh.

    Well, Ken turned out to be a bit ‘stupid’ or is in a state of denial that the two are really lovers. ^^; But nevertheless, after that rescue, he would have to really think that Kazuma is a contender unfortunately, he doesn’t that the two are really married. I’m not sure if this can still be called a love triangle because Ken’s feelings is just one-sided and he pretty much doesn’t have a chance. Kazuma’s brother is really something to actually do that. No wonder he will be thought of as a pervert. Male or female, you just don’t pull down one’s bra especially if that person is a stranger. ^^;; We get to see a glimpse of Kazuma of his past as he looks really deranged for a while there. I guess he doesn’t care if he gets hurt or anything just to save Fumino. It made me wonder if he is rusty now because wasn’t he famous for beating up a lot of people without getting hurt? Lately, it has been apologizing – hug and make-up ending. ^^; Fumino just didn’t realize that putting herself in danger scares Kazuma for he is afraid of losing her. So, what does little bro want with Kazuma? Oh ya, the name of their school has the word, ‘panda’, it goes to show that one shouldn’t take this series too seriously. ^^;

    Chapter 9: It is the day of the school cultural festival. There is a stage in front with some guys doing the panda dance. They are now doing the Snow White play. As the prince, Fumino rides on Ken the horse and approaches sleeping Oka as Snow White. She is about to wake Oka up when she hears a voice laughing that she won’t let him wake Snow White up for having one most beautiful woman in the world is enough. Everyone gloomily thought that Kazuma acting as the wicked stepmother is really great and convincing. Kazuma brings out a block stand and tells the prince if he can win then he can wake Snow White up. The announcer says that whoever wins against the prince in arm wrestling gets to go on a 30 minute date with Snow White. Fumino thought that she won’t lose as she easily beats Ken. Kazuma just keeps on laughing himself silly as the wicked stepmother. During a break, Fumino changes her clothes to a t-shirt and her school uniform’s skirt. Kazuma gives her some refreshments and says that she did well for she won in the first two competitions. Fumino says it is no problem. Oka says that Kazuma looks pretty and asks how was the wound that he had when he fought with the hoodlum. Kazuma says it is healed now since it has been disinfected. Fumino blushes as it turned out that they are acting as stupid married couple. A scene of Fumino dress up as a nurse while Teppei as a doctor. Sitting on his lap, Fumino is embarrassed that she was made to kiss his wound to make it all better. Fumino says she is going to the toilet.

    As she goes out of the room, she bumps into someone. Fumino remembers the guy as the one who peeked into her bra. A loud thud was heard. Everyone was looking at them as Fumino hits Shoma’s head and steps on him while he is on the floor. Fumino shouts that he is a pervert. Shoma screams what are you saying when you are a guy. He turns over and sees that Fumino is wearing panties. Shoma then says,..a girl. Fumino shouts, stupid..you just looked into my chest. Shoma shouts, I don’t understand..ouch..ouch. Kazuma comes out and asks what is the commotion about. Kazuma is surprised and calls out to Shoma. Shoma manages to stand up and this made Fumino fall down. Shoma says, hi, bro, I come to participate in the cultural festival. Everyone is surprise that Kazuma has a younger brother. Kazuma says that’s right and it has been a long time since he saw him. Shoma introduces himself and that he is currently in second year high school. Kazuma then bows down, too, and apologizes to Fumino for what Shoma has said. Shoma says to Fumino, sorry, I thought you were a guy. This made Fumino really angry as she shouts, that’s enough. She is also angry that Kazuma didn’t mention to her that he has a younger brother. Shoma says he has been staying at the United States for around two years and he has returned only recently. He plans to transfer to that high school. He asks Kazuma where is the office. Kazuma offers to bring him there. Fumino then notices that Kazuma is looking at her and this made her a bit puzzled.

    After they left, Teppei wears the dwarf outfit and this made the girls exclaim that he looks really cute. Fumino has also changed back to her prince costume. Ryuu is also there and was probably the one who brought Teppei there. Ryuu is also surprised that Kazuma has a younger brother. Fumino says she thought that Ryuu knows a lot about Kazuma. Ryuu says but Kazuma never saying anything about that. Fumino then remembers Kazuma telling her before that he was a delinquent so his family disowned him. Fumino sadly says Kazuma haven’t told her about it, too. Ryuu muses that if the wife also doesn’t know it..isn’t it.. Ryuu didn’t manage to continue as Fumino is really angry. Ryuu quickly apologizes. Then, Fumino is thinking by herself that since Kazuma is disowned, that means he doesn’t have any communication with his family which could include his younger brother. They might also not know yet of her relationship with Kazuma. She wonders if Kazuma will tell her if she asks him about his family and past. The others asks where is Kazuma as the play is about to start again. Fumino offers to find him.

    Fumino sees Kazuma and Shoma entering the English department room. She decides to eavesdrop when she hears Kazuma asking Shoma if he is sure about coming there. Kazuma asks why now when it has been eight years since they lost contact, is there something special that he came there to find him. Shoma says that’s right because this is father’s command. From now on, I will be bearing the ‘Ojiro’ family’s destiny/responsibilities and also, father said, ‘That heartless eldest son who abandoned Ojiro family, what he is doing right now, go check it out.’ I’m really disappointed, for you dress up and scream around like a girl. Fumino angrily throws her boot on Shoma’s head. Shoma looks at her direction and says, what, you again. Fumino shouts for Shoma to apologize. She starts strangling Shoma by pulling his collar from the back while Kazuma tries to stop Fumino by holding her back. Fumino angrily shouts to Shoma, how could he talk to his brother in that manner. Kazuma shouts for her to let go and this has nothing to do with her. This surprises Fumino that she momentarily lets go of Shoma. This also made Kazuma realize what he just said. After a pause, Kazuma’s ‘nothing to do with you’, echoes in Fumino’s head. Kazuma calls out her name. Fumino says what about it. She grabs Shoma again and says that she is going to teach this guy a lesson. Fumino pulls Shoma outside as Kazuma tries to tell her to wait. Fumino challenges Shoma to an arm wrestling match. The match starts as Shoma asks her why is she so angry when Kazuma is just a teacher. Fumino shouts for him to shut up and don’t say, just a teacher. Fumino is still angry about Kazuma’s ‘nothing to do with you’. Shoma then kisses her on the head which surprises everyone including Fumino that she lost. It is something Shoma learned from the US. Fumino shouts what kind of tactic was that. Shoma says a win is a win.

    There is a dance after the cultural festival, and everyone is ask to participate. Kazuma has found Fumino moping in a corner at a storage room. Kazuma bends down and apologizes for letting someone else kiss her on the head, and for saying those wrong words. He thanks her for being angry for his sake. Fumino angrily says that’s enough, it has nothing to do with me, right? Kazuma apologizes again. Fumino says if he wants to apologize then he should tell her about his family. Kazuma holds her shoulder and says didn’t she heard their conversation, there is nothing good about it so.. Kazuma is then shock that Fumino just handcuffed him. She locks him on the leg of a table in the room and starts unbuttoning his shirt. This made Kazuma blush and just exclaim, huh, huh, in shock. Fumino shouts, I’m going to do it..if you don’t want to tell me then I’ll force you to tell. Kazuma tells her to wait..then he sees her crying. Fumino thought that he is too nice, always carefully protecting her. Fumino says don’t run away, even if you said that it has nothing to do with me, I won’t easily give up because I like sensei! I want to share your pain, can’t I even do that? I know I can’t do anything but.. Kazuma tells her not to cry. Fumino shouts that she won’t cry if he slowly tells her about his.. While looking away, Kazuma says, I’m honestly scared of letting you know..the ‘me’ who is living with you guys...has a past of being a very scary person..if you knew, I’m afraid that you will hate me. Fumino cries and says, you’re irritating, stupid. Kazuma says yes, let’s talk about this at home. He then asks if he can hug her. Fumino says, of course. She frees him from the handcuffs and hugs him. Kazuma asks can he kiss her more affectionately than Shoma. Fumino says ah..about that. I want to become closer to you..the me who haven’t been kissed yet, I want to understand you more.

    At home, Fumino and Teppei are both taking bath in the bathroom. Teppei asks if the water is hot since Fumino is all red. [from blushing?] Fumino says it isn’t. Teppei says they have run out of liquid bath soap. Fumino stands up from the bath and says there must be some more from Kazuma’s room. She hears someone outside that she calls out to Kazuma to bring some kid’s liquid soap near the wash area. The door swings open and to her surprise, she sees Shoma’s shocked expression. Shoma asks, why are you here? And so, Fumino welcomes another crisis that has come along. Last scene, Teppei wins an award for wining the arm wrestling contest. It seems that they cannot bring themselves to use force when competing against a kid.

    For a while there, I thought Fumino is going to rape Kazuma. ^^; Poor Kazuma, forced to a corner by his wife, his brother insulted him and stole a kiss from his wife and lastly, his brother also got to see his wife’s naked body ahead of him. ^^;; I guess Fumino’s chest is really flat that Shoma really thought of her as a boy. ^^;;; I do wonder if Kazuma treats Teppei so nicely is because he thinks of Teppei as his own younger brother, Shoma. Hehe, Fumino finally manages to get Kazuma to tell her his family life though in such an awkward position. I guess Kazuma comes from a rich family since Shoma was living in the United States and being told of carrying the family’s destiny, it does seem to be quite a prominent family. So, what made him become a delinquent..because of his father? This somewhat reminds me of Skip Beat!’s Ren. So, what will happen next now that Shoma has seen her in his house?

    Chapter 10: Kazuma arrives home carrying some cake. He says I’m home then he freezes when he sees the scene that awaits him in the living room. Shoma is knocked out cold with three bumps on the head. Fumino and Teppei are also there, wearing only towels. Fumino screams that he is back. Kazuma screams why is Shoma there and why is she only wearing a towel. I think he is nosebleeding. ^^;; Kazuma asks what happened. Fumino explains that Shoma came in the bathroom and saw her that she freaked out and kicks him away. Fumino embarrassedly says that she forgot to lock the door. Kazuma holds her shoulders and screams if Shoma saw her body. Fumino can only apologize. Kazuma exclaims that he haven’t seen it yet and Shoma has already did. He asks if Shoma has did anything to her. Fumino shouts stupid, he didn’t do anything. Teppei notices Shoma groaning. Kazuma hugs her and says didn’t he told her to lock the door. Fumino apologizes then starts to protest as Kazuma starts to become lovey-dovey with her. Teppei calls out to Fumino that ‘bro’ has already awaken. Teppei points to Shoma who is aghast over what he saw. Shoma asks what are they doing. Fumino freaks out for she doesn’t know what to say. Kazuma says he has awaken, what is he doing at his house. Shoma shouts what is a girl doing in his bathroom. While hugging Fumino, Kazuma tells him that she is his wife and he is currently living together, the three of them with Fumino’s younger brother. Shoma is totally shock.

    At the next door, Ryuu is about to happily eat his ramen but he almost spill it when Shoma shouts, are you kidding?! Kazuma says why should he tell this secret to him. Shoma shouts you left home on your own, you become a teacher on your own, then you married a student?! As the oldest son of the Ojiro family, don’t you have even a bit of shame?! Shoma is shock when Kazuma tells him that he already has a new family, and from today on, he doesn’t have any thing to do with Ojiro family. Shoma then stands up and apologizes for being impolite. He then leaves the house. Kazuma sighs and wonders what’s up with that. Kazuma is shock to see Fumino looking darkly angry at him. She says what he told Shoma is too much. She is really happy about him saying that they are his new family but he shouldn’t do that to his own blood relative. Kazuma covers her with his coat so that she won’t catch a cold. Kazuma says that that his relationship with his family has been apathetic since he and Shoma are half-brothers [same father but different mothers]. While they were eating the strawberry cake that Kazuma brought, Kazuma tells Fumino that it is around when he was around elementary or younger that he notices that his stepmother is already there and Shoma has already been born. Fumino is surprised and asks what does he mean when he noticed. Kazuma says that he isn’t always staying in the house. Fumino asks what’s with that. Kazuma tells her that his mother died when she had a hard time in giving birth to him. Most of the time, he is being taken cared of by his relatives. Fumino asks what about his father. Fumino is surprised to see Kazuma suddenly looking cold. Kazuma snaps out of it and happily pats Fumino’s head. He tells her sorry, but as a whole, his relationship with Shoma is they are practically strangers. Fumino says smiling like that, it seems that it isn’t so. Kazuma touches her face and tells her not to look that way. Teppei is busy eating his cake that he doesn’t seem to listen to what they are saying. Kazuma then goes to take a bath while Fumino thought that Kazuma doesn’t want to talk about his father.

    Teppei happily offers Fumino a strawberry saying that he has two on his cake. Fumino happily hugs him and tells him he can eat both. She thought it is good that her relationship with Teppei is really good and it seems that Kazuma’s relationship with his family is different from hers. When Teppei is about to feed Fumino some cake, she hears a mobile phone ringing. She realizes that it is coming from Shoma’s bag which he left. Fumino answers it. It is Shoma who asks where is his brother. She tells him that he is taking a bath. Shoma apologizes for being reckless and he was really uneasy that he has left his bag. He asks her to get something from his bag for that is something he brought back. [I’m not sure if he meant souvenir] Fumino sees a box of hamburger with a rabbit mascot saying it is good taste. He says that he wanted to say, ‘Are you well’ but it seems that it can’t be anymore, since Kazuma is happy with his new family. Fumino quickly asks where he is. Shoma says he is at the public phone booth in the park. Fumino tells him to wait for she is bringing his bag to him. Fumino shouts for Teppei that it is okay for him to finish the cake. After she left, Kazuma comes out and asks where is Fumino. Teppei says that she was on the phone and shouting about ‘park’ then left. Kazuma thinks for a while then asks Teppei if he will be alright if he is alone at the house for he is going to buy some coffee. Teppei says, okay.

    Fumino goes to the park, thinking that she doesn’t want Kazuma’s relationship with his family to be severed just like that. She sees Shoma sitting on the bench. Fumino apologizes and says even if they are ‘married’, she and her younger brother is just staying at Kazuma’s house. After their parents died, they have no they can depend on. Kazuma was the one who took them in. Because they give Kazuma a lot of trouble, she hopes that Shoma won’t look down on Kazuma for Kazuma is a great teacher. Shoma says, so that’s it, my brother has sunk so low is because of you. Fumino looks surprised. Shoma looks at her and says great teacher, don’t be stupid, when she goes back, she must be doing that thing with him. Don’t say things prettily. Shoma then pins Fumino down to the bench. Fumino shouts that they haven’t done it. Shoma says still lying. Fumino shouts what are you doing, why did things turn out this way, doesn’t he want to make his relationship with Kazuma better. Shoma asks, make the relationship better? Shoma holds her face to him and says, I never thought of that, for I always wanted to defeat that person. Speaking of which, if I steal you away, that wish will come true now. Fumino looks at him in surprise and thought, what did you just say. Fumino and Shoma look shock as some things has just flew between them and is embedded on the bench. It is three pieces of coins. Kazuma smiles while flipping some more coins in his hand. He says Shoma, that kind of nature has developed well. He coldly holds up Shoma’s face and says, let me tell you, next time, don’t ever come near my wife.

    Shoma says are you making a mistake, this kind of student, why do you have to bear that kind of danger. Kazuma says, danger? I have never thought of that. Even if I’m making a mistake, if there is happiness, there is nothing bad about it. Kazuma pulls Fumino to him and carries her. He winks at Shoma and says, Shoma, sooner or later, you will know, there is nothing that can replace a treasure. Kazuma turns around and says, goodbye. He starts to leave as Fumino shouts for Kazuma to put her down for she can walk. Kazuma doesn’t want to. She then looks up to see Shoma looking sad..it is like the face of a lost child. At the apartment, Teppei is already sleeping. Kazuma tells Fumino not to come near Shoma again. Fumino is still busy thinking. Kazuma hugs her and angrily shouts if she is listening. Fumino shouts that she is. Kazuma apologizes for getting her involve in that kind of trouble. To his surprise, Fumino hugs him back and says she is really happy. Getting involved? I want to accept the whole of sensei. Kazuma then falls down with her on the bed. He says, if you say it like that, what if I’m not able to stop? Fumino blushes and says, it’s okay..let’s be together until the morning. Last scene is of Shoma who is lost. He turns out to be bad at roads. He wonders where he is, where the bus stop is and how did he actually managed to reach that place. ^^;;

    So, what do you think? Do you think they finally did it or someone/thing will come to interrupt them or it is just the usual ‘playing’? So, we finally get a hint that what made Kazuma a delinquent is his father whom he seems to hate. I kind of think that he hates his father for having another woman though if his father loves Shoma’s mother, why make such a big deal about Kazuma leaving since his father would most probably want Shoma to be the heir. Shoma tend to contradict himself. One time, he seems pitiful and hints about wanting to meet with his brother and the next, he claims to want to defeat Kazuma. Sibling rivalry? I’m thinking it could be that Shoma wants Kazuma to notice him rather than for Kazuma to act as if he didn’t exist. Mm..so would he tell the others about Kazuma and Fumino? I’m kind of thinking that he wouldn’t. Also, from what he said last chapter, I don’t quite buy that he is there because their father wants to check up on him. Why send Shoma? Why does Shoma has to transfer school just for that? It goes back to Shoma just wanting Kazuma to notice him or something had happened. In most stories like this, it’s like the father is dying or something. I’m guessing that Shoma admires his brother nevertheless he denies it. Also, Kazuma living with relatives and somewhat like being orphaned since he isn’t living with his father, reminds me of Fumino’s situation. Is that part of the reason why he took them in because he doesn’t want them to ended up the way he did? Since he is a delinquent, I’m thinking that Kazuma couldn’t have possibly graduate from school. When it was mentioned Shoma came from the US, I guess, Kazuma knows English probably because he had lived there before or something. Ah, that’s why he is an English teacher. Anyway, we’ll know more later on.

    Quote of the day:
    I don't believe an accident of birth makes people sisters or brothers. It makes them siblings, gives them mutuality of parentage. Sisterhood and brotherhood is a condition people have to work at. ~ Maya Angelou

    Faster Than A Kiss [Chapter 6-7]
    Thursday, January 17, 2008 @ 11:00 p.m.

    [Hehe, since some of you have quickly read the last entry and the responses are quite favorable, I decided to do a couple more chapters of this series. ^_^]

    Chapter 6: Kazuma has told Fumino for them to continue it during summer vacation but unfortunately, she has a failing grade. That night, Fumino has to study hard and she is really infuriated that Kazuma is treating her like a kid. Kazuma gives her the ring that she lost. Fumino says she will thank Teppei for it. To her shock, Kazuma decides to tutor her in her studies for it will be back to school soon. He did it like a ‘slave driver’ complete with a whip. At school, Fumino looks visibly exhausted the next day at school. Ken is playing volleyball outside when he overhears Fumino with her girl friends talking about the fireworks festival. Kazuma interrupts and says that they as high schoolers should go out and wear a yukata [Japanese summer kimono] for the festival. The girls say that only junior high students do that. Fumino wonders if Kazuma wants to go. Suddenly, a volleyball approaches them. Kazuma quickly evades it and pushes Fumino’s head to the side so the volleyball only hits the blackboard. Ken comes to the window and apologizes as Fumino returns the ball to him. Fumino is angry as to what is he doing. Kazuma quickly excuses himself. Ken thought that he saw them – when Kazuma gives her a hickey. He is quite suspicious of Kazuma before and now, he knows Kazuma’s true self and he has tricked Fumino. Ken holds Fumino’s hands and says that if she has any problem, don’t hesitate to tell him. Fumino exclaims what problem is he talking about.

    At home, Kazuma asks if Fumino will be going at the festival. Fumino thinks it is too wasteful and that it seems that it is Kazuma who wants to go. Kazuma convinces her to go for even if they are married, she is still 16 so he shouldn’t hinder her from doing things that a girl of that age does – having friends and enjoying herself, for that is his responsibility. On the day of the fireworks festival, Fumino wears a yukata that looks cute on her. Teppei exclaims that she indeed looks really cute. Ryuu has provided that yukata. Kazuma isn’t pleased as he punches Ryuu on the stomach and reprimands him for making it too cute – probably she will attract other guys. Ryuu says but it looks good. Kazuma stops as Fumino is already looking at them, puzzled. He just tells her to take care and she looks really cute. After Fumino left, Teppei asks Kazuma is that what he really thinks, doesn’t he want to go with Fumino. Fumino goes to the festival as she convinces herself that they can’t go together for others might think of something else. The other, including Ken, see her and thought that she looks cute. There are now fireworks as Fumino looks up. She then notices that the others aren’t there anymore. Ken holds her hand and asks if she is okay. He says that they can’t do anything since there are a lot of people there. He still keep on holding her hand as they walk, trying to find the others. The fireworks continue on as someone buys a mask from a stall. Fumino thought that she wants to be with Kazuma. To Ken’s surprise, a man with a mask grabs Fumino and carries her on his back. It is obviously Kazuma who shouts, sorry, but this kid is coming with me.

    Kazuma has brought Fumino to an empty classroom. While perspiring and breathing hard from carrying her, he tells her that he has found a place for them to watch the fireworks together and watching there would be okay. He asks why is she crying. Fumino hits his head and says that he is at fault. If he wanted to come with her then he shouldn’t have happily send her off. As a 16 year old, compared to her friends, she would rather watch the fireworks with him. Fumino thought that it is because she doesn’t know what will happen in the future – a scene of Fumino crying in front of her deceased parents pictures. She says compared to her future self, she wants him to see her as her present self. What he said earlier seems as if she is still a child. Kazuma says he doesn’t think of her as a child. Didn’t she saw it, too? Even if he easily say that he is an adult, but he can’t quite barely endure it that he has brought her there. Do you know? In contrast to what you think, the current you has made me do this. He tells her not to move for he doesn’t know how to touch her. She asks how about she do it first. They were interrupted by Ken who enters the room asking if Fumino is okay. Obviously, they were shock as Fumino fell down and Kazuma freezes. Ryuu, together with Teppei, apologizes for Ken has found where they are. Teppei asks Ken if he is alright, Kazuma isn’t doing anything bad in the classroom. Ken tells Teppei to quite calling him Ken-Ken. That’s Teppei’s nickname for him. Kazuma whispers to Fumino that they find some other time to continue their ‘playing’. Summer has just started. While Ryuu is telling Fumino and Kazuma to do their best. Teppei asks naïve Ken, Ken-ken, do you like Buncha [Fumino’s nickname]? Ken blushes and points to himself, what? me? What are you talking about?

    Teppei once again shows how talented he is for now, he can easily read through people. He guessed right that Kazuma wants to be Fumino during the fireworks festival and he also guessed right over Ken’s feelings for Fumino. Hehe, I kind of think Teppei is this series’ mascot. ^^;; So, Kazuma can’t hold it anymore that he ‘kidnaps’ Fumino. They are about to go romantic unfortunately, Ken interrupted. For some reason, Ken is keeping things a secret. Well, that shouldn’t be too surprising since he does seem to like Fumino and telling it to others can easily ruin Fumino’s reputation. It will indeed by quite a scandal. Poor Ryuu, he must be Kazuma’s punching bag. Hehe So, next, it’s time for a field trip. ^-^

    Chapter 7: The foursome now goes on a trip near the river. Kazuma happily tells Fumino that she did well in her studies. Fumino says it is because he has been making her study from morning to night – happily whipping her while she studies. Kazuma just laughs about it as he spreads the cloth on the ground. They must be on a picnic. Fumino blushes over what Kazuma said before about going on a ‘date’. Teppei calls out to Fumino to go to the river for the water is nice and there are fish. While Teppei and Ryuu are in the river catching crabs, Fumino thanks Kazuma for bringing them there because Teppei is very happy. After their parents died, she wasn’t able to accompany Teppei in any outing. She asks him if he plans to give Teppei happy memories. Kazuma just smiles at her and says, also for Fumino. He holds her head and whispers to her ear, he also wants to give her a happy memory of their date. First summer day since we got married, hopefully, we will have a happy memory. Fumino gets embarrassed and kicks Kazuma away. She shouts for him not to whisper in her ear. Ryuu looks at them and says what is that, stupid married couple. Teppei then points something out to Ryuu.

    Fumino is still blushing and thought that she still can’t take it. To her surprise, Ken is standing in front of her. He asks what is she doing there. [Okay, he is indeed a classmate as the introduction now says – same section – volleyball division. ^^;; ] Fumino is extremely shock and asks back why is he there. Ken says he is there for volleyball training and the training site is near there. Fumino quickly turns around to check if Kazuma is still there. To her relief, Kazuma isn’t there. Ken becomes suspicious and asks where is Kazuma. Ryuu appears with Teppei. Ryuu says that Kazuma isn’t there for they come there as a three member family. The others from the volleyball come and are also surprised that Fumino is there. They invite Fumino and others to eat with them as it is the last day of practice. They will have a barbecue after practice. Fumino tries to turn them down but Ryuu exclaims that they want to go, too. After they left, Fumino is shaking Ryuu until he was dizzy. She asks why he had agreed. Kazuma shows up by hanging upside down on a tree. Kazuma apologizes and says he didn’t know that the volleyball training will be held nearby. Kazuma suggests that they go ahead for they don’t have other reasons why not to go. Fumino tries to protest but Kazuma says he is okay. Teppei exclaims Ma-chan [Kazuma’s nickname] is like a ninja. Kazuma says during the fireworks festival, he has forcibly taken her away so she can just leave him behind for now.

    Fumino is irritated that Kazuma is acting like a good teacher looking after his student. Fumino and others join the volleyball group’s barbecue. While getting some food, Fumino angrily thought that Kazuma is at times like a teacher then at times like a man/lover, that she is getting a headache over the switching of roles. Oka and others asks if Fumino is okay and suggests that they go out again next time for they were scattered during the fireworks festival. She then happily thank Kazuma in her thoughts for she is indeed happy to see the others. While eating, Fumino overhears some students saying that Ken is practicing alone and he seems to be gloomy lately. They say that they will get him if he doesn’t come soon. Teppei tells Fumino that the corn is really delicious so how about giving a bit to Ma-chan. Fumino gets some corn and happily heads toward the car parking. She thought that she just excused herself to go to the toilet so she has around ten minutes before she heads back. She then notices Ken playing volleyball by himself. Ken is frustrated that he can’t play well after what happened in the fireworks festival. He angrily thought over Kazuma excuse that he just wants to see the fireworks with Fumino. He starts to blush when he remembers Teppei asking if he likes Fumino. He really blushes when he sees Fumino in front of him. Kazuma is looking at them from the tree. Fumino offers Ken a piece of corn. She tells him that she has overheard the others say that he is gloomy so how about some corn to make him a bit energetic. She tells him to eat it up and do his best at practice. She is about to leave when Ken stops her by holding her hand. Fumino turns around and asks what is it. To Fumino’s surprise, two something-s hits Ken’s head. Ken holds his head in pain and wonders if there are monkeys there. Fumino holding what seems to be two chestnuts [the unpeeled ones =P] and thought that they are probably thrown by a person = Kazuma. Ken is about to think it is Kazuma when Fumino smiles at him and says, if there is anything troubling him, what don’t he say it for Ken is her coach/trainer, so she would want him to be back at his peak form. Ken holds her hand and says, I..like you.

    Fumino instinctively says I’m sorry. Ken is a bit faint that he already got rejected. Ken holds her hand tight and tells her not to reject him out right. Fumino gets embarrassed and says what did she just say, and tells him to let her go. Ken angrily asks is it because she is going steady with Kazuma. Fumino is shock by this that she quickly shouts for him to let her go. Ken shouts he doesn’t want to. Fumino tries to alibi by saying that she has something else to do. Ken shouts where is Kazuma? Kazuma also came with you, didn’t he? Fumino shouts that he didn’t. She desperately tries to think of a way out and thought, sensei! The tree’s leaves rustle. Because of how Fumino reacts, Ken already begins to suspect. To their surprise, Kazuma appears in front of them as he grabs Ken’s hand that was holding Fumino. Kazuma smiles and greets Ken. Ken asks if they are playing ‘fake knight?’. Fumino apologizes and says she didn’t say anything. Ken cannot free himself from Kazuma’s grip. Ken shouts, stop joking around. Kazuma tells Ken, what are you angry about? If you like her, then take me away from here. Compare to a teacher, is a student more superior? Fumino starts to panic as she explodes and quickly runs away. Kazuma calls out to Fumino and is about to chase her but Ken holds Kazuma’s jacket. Kazuma forces himself to run that his jacket is ripped. Kazuma darkly tells Ken, useless person. As Kazuma chases Fumino, Ken is surprised and thought wasn’t it just a playing around relationship. [Okay, I can’t think of a better term right now, basically, Ken thought that Kazuma is just playing around with Fumino as in not serious with her.]

    Fumino is running on top of the stairs as she thought that Ken has confessed to her. Her relationship with Kazuma is now known. What does he meant by ‘take me away from here’. Kazuma manages to catch up with her and hugs her. Fumino keeps on apologizing that Ken has learned about it. Kazuma tells her it is okay and she doesn’t have to say any more. He promises her that he won’t let her go nor he won’t let anyone take her away from him. Kazuma asks if Fumino is okay now. Fumino blushes and says it is because of him that her heart is beating too fast. Kazuma says that’s good, can I say that, this place [heart] belongs to me? He pulls down her collar a bit and gives her a hickey below the left side her neck – above the chest. Fumino blushes as she calls him stupid. Fumino narrates that honestly, there is a huge trial that is awaiting them. Even if that is so, I want to accompany this person, beside him, walking past this. I hope that one day, I myself can also protect sensei. At Kazuma’s apartment, a young male student rings the door bell. An old man, Kazuma’s neighbor, tells the boy if he is looking for Kazuma, Kazuma has went out. He asks the boy if he wants, he can help him give a word to Kazuma. He asks the boy who he is. The boy says, I’m Kazuma’s relative. Last scene at the volleyball training place, it has become a host club as Teppei impresses the girls with his cuteness while Ryuu is teaching the boys how to get girls.

    So, the secret is out. Ken has confessed. The future trial that Fumino is referring to could possibly be Kazuma’s relative who came to look for him. Kazuma must have been pretty angry that he just revealed his relationship with Fumino and even dared Ken to try to take her. I guess it is just too much happening at once for Fumino. Too bad for them, their ‘date’ is again ruined. I guess it is really hard to keep one’s relationship a secret. I do wonder if Fumino will answer Ken if she doesn’t have a relationship with Kazuma. I don’t know how Fumino was like before she met Kazuma but I’m guessing that it was Kazuma who has awaken Fumino’s feminine side. I mean, she was said to be a delinquent trouble-maker though she can easily win others with her acts. But that kind of Fumino, would she agree to go steady with Ken? Okay, it could also possible that they won’t know each other because Ken got close to Fumino is all thanks to Kazuma since Fumino is trying to get the medal for Kazuma. So, what I’m saying is, even if Fumino doesn’t have Kazuma, I doubt she would go out with Ken. =P I’m a bit disappointed though that for a delinquent Fumino should be strong so why can’t she break free of Ken’s grip? She have beaten up other guys before and even Kazuma. Oh well, I guess she is panicking. ^^; About the host club reference, I guess it is like a tribute to Ouran since this series also runs in Lala. I hope Teppei isn’t a host-in-training. ^^;;

    Quote of the day:
    Love is a promise; love is a souvenir, once given never forgotten, never let it disappear. ~ John Lennon

    Faster Than A Kiss [Chapter 0-5]
    Wednesday, January 16, 2008 @ 10:05 p.m.

    [The title basically means before the couple kisses each other, they already got married. I have seen a cover of this series before and I do know that this is serialized in Lala. I didn’t see it in BW so I thought it isn’t that popular. It is only last weekend when I learned that the Chinese title is different. They called it, 16 Year Old Bride. From that title, I’m not quite interested in it but then before I learned the original title, I have seen a bit of chapter 10 wherein the girl slams someone who seemed to have come in while she is in the bathroom and something about a secret. plan to check it out but then, BW is inaccessible again lately. So, I just checked the plot and seems interesting. I have browsed through the first volume. It is okay so I got what is available in other sites. Unfortunately, they aren’t updated and I have to wait for BW to come back again to get the rest of the chapters. The story is about Fumino Kaji who is a bit of a delinquent who has a ‘golden heart’, well, she beats up boys who harasses/bullies others. She is in trouble ever since her parents died. She has to take care of her 4 year old brother and it irritates her when they were passed from relative to relative. She decided to drop out and work to support her brother on her own. Then, came her English teacher, Kazuma Ojiro, who is your typical plain, wearing glasses, 24 year old teacher who told her that he will take care of them. Fumino doesn’t want pity so she dared the teacher to marry her as a reason for him to take care of them. Kazuma takes on the dare and that’s what happened. The main theme of the story is how to keep their marriage a secret and how the two get along with each other. The art is okay so are the characters hence, I’m summarizing this series.]

    Chapter 0: At school, Fumino beats up some guys who were harassing a girl and reprimands Kazuma for not taking care of them when he is a teacher. Kazuma says he doesn’t want to get hurt. At home, Kazuma comes up to see Fumino dressed up as a housewife along with her younger brother, Teppei. It is their deal that they dress up/cosplay so that he will be ‘energetic’ again to cook dinner for them after a tiring day’s work. This set-up started when Fumino is ready to support her brother on her own rather than being passed on from relative to relative ever since their parents died. While sitting on a bench with their luggage, a man approaches Fumino offering money in return for sex, most probably. Kazuma comes and punches the guy away. He tells them to go back. Fumino says they don’t have any place to go. Kazuma tells her to go to his house then. Fumino shouts that she doesn’t want his pity. After they argue, Fumino shouts that he should marry her as a reason for him to take care of them [so that it won’t be like he is pitying her]. Kazuma shouts okay. Fumino is totally shock by this as Kazuma brings them to his house where they ate and took a bath. Kazuma spoils Teppei with a candy for every good deed he does. Then, they both sign the marriage contract. Kazuma gets his friend, Ryuu, who used to be host [in a host club] but currently is Teppei’s kindergarten teacher, to help him take care of Teppei. So far, Kazuma haven’t made any moves on her, only making her cosplay. Kazuma has also become really close with Teppei. She tries to make him get it over with by having sex with her as his wife but Kazuma just says that they talk about it when her breast size has grown to C cup. Fumino proceeds to beat him up. At school, Kazuma teases her with a note as to what dish he would cook. This made Fumino fuss about in classroom and Kazuma is amused by it because he is a S [sadist]. He gave it up when he made Fumino cry since she was worried to death that their marriage will be exposed. It seems Kazuma is weak against crying girls. Then, we learn that Fumino can’t cook after she tried to impress Kazuma by cooking since Teppei is doing much better than her as evident from the candies that Kazuma gives him. Teppei has been collecting them in a jar and they are almost full. She learns from Ryuu that Kazuma used to be a delinquent as in really notorious that Kazuma is nowhere like how he appears now. Fumino realizes the hard work that Kazuma is doing since he stays up late at night preparing for his work the next day. She peeks in his room as he is listening to earphones to know how some phrases are pronounced. Kazuma is sleeping at a different room from where Fumino and Teppei sleep in.

    At school, the teachers note that Fumino’s situation has become better and it could be because her family is now more stable. Kazuma pretends not to know anything. The girl whom Fumino saved before gave her a bag of candies. Fumino smiles and thanks her. Kazuma sees this and he is happy that he praised her that night. That night, Kazuma takes Fumino out to the port on Ryuu’s motorcycle. Fumino is surprised that he can drive one. Kazuma tells her that he used to be a delinquent so he can drive. She asks if he can fight. Kazuma just says currently, Ryuu might be stronger than him. They have dumped Teppei on Ryuu much to the irritation of a girl whom he is about to go in bed with. Fumino thanks him for bringing her there. Kazuma smiles and says he likes to see her always smiling. After they come home, Fumino is embarrassed as she wants to become close to him and touch him. Just then, a co-teacher comes to Kazuma’s house asking about the rumors of a uniformed girl coming into his house. They quickly hide in the closet. Since they are too close to each other, Fumino is blushing and Kazuma was about to say something when they were discovered by Teppei and Ryuu. Back in school, some students asks Kazuma if the rumors is true that he is going out with a girl in their school. Kazuma denies it. The others start to say that he will be fired if he does that and that is quite disgusting if it is true. Later on, at the roof, Kazuma tries to comfort Fumino by saying that she has helped him before when he was really tense at the ceremony because he was a first time teacher so he wants to give a good impression. Smiling, she gave him a candy to help him relax. He wanted to help her since he never seen that smile again ever since that day. He wants her to keep on smiling like that. Even so, Fumino feels guilty for Kazuma really likes his job and she doesn’t want to be the reason for getting Kazuma fired. She decides to leave before she causes more trouble to Kazuma. She plans to leave Teppei there but Teppei wants to go with her. So, Kazuma returns home only to find them gone. He goes outside wondering where they have gone when he stepped on a candy. Teppei has drop his candy to form a trail for Kazuma so that he can follow them. The train has arrive and Fumino tries to get Teppei on board. Teppei doesn’t want to and says that she likes Kazuma so they should go back. To her surprise, Kazuma is there. He hugs her and asks why is she running away when they haven’t started anything yet. He tells her that he plans to keep his job and her smile for they are very important to him and they will be together forever. Fumino and Teppei are crying. Kazuma then also hugs Teppei. That night, Kazuma and Fumino played ‘wrestling’ as Teppei happily reports to Ryuu of the two’s violent playing.

    Teppei is pretty cute and intelligent here. He must read from the fairy tale Hansel and Gretel about using food to make a trail. It is no surprise that Kazuma becomes fond of him. Making Kazuma an ex-delinquent is quite interesting. I’m somewhat comparing him to GTO’s Onizuka but a more toned down version. Actually, I’m somewhat thinking that Kazuma is just making that excuse to marry because he really likes Fumino. I mean he shouldn’t be that crazy to jeopardize his job just because a high school girl was nice to him when he was having stage fright. When I first browsed this before, I thought they were the same age because he looks so young. ^^;; Fumino..well, there’s nothing much I can say about her at this point. She seems to be the typical young bride who from this chapter, tries to impress Kazuma and not trouble him. She obviously didn’t know how much Kazuma treasures her and her brother that he is putting his job at risk. I guess making Kazuma chase them and confess that they are important to him to make her realize that. Well, at least, she is feisty girl who can fight though she isn’t really that of a delinquent for she just beats up bad guys. =P

    Chapter 1: Another day at school, Fumino is beating up some harasser and Kazuma pretending to be some weakling, asking Fumino to help him scold a student who called him glasses guy. At home, Fumino and Teppei dresses as housewives again so that Kazuma will cook for them. Teppei asks which one does Kazuma chooses him or Fumino. Kazuma hugs Teppei and says of course him. This somewhat irritates Fumino. So far, nothing has happened between them after a month. The closest to a kiss is Kazuma kissing her hand since he is happy to see her smile upon returning the English-Japanese dictionary to him. At class, a girl is showing off her ring given by her boyfriend to the others. Fumino is jealous but was interrupted by some bullies who wanted to get back at her for beating up their kouhai/underling. Fumino angrily says that they go meet at the back of the building later on. The bullies got stood up since Fumino went to pick up her brother at his school. Fumino asks Ryuu what kind of girl does Kazuma like. It is only then that Ryuu realized that Kazuma haven’t done anything yet to Fumino so he suggests to Fumino to wear some sexy lingerie. Kazuma is surprised to see her while she is still trying to wear the lingerie. She hugs him and asks him if he can sleep in her room. Kazuma agrees but to her dismay, Teppei is in between them. Teppei asks if he can sleep with Kazuma and Kazuma agrees. Fumino thought that Kazuma is much closer to Teppei than her. Kazuma confesses that he likes this feeling between them like a family. Fumino asks about his family. Kazuma says they are still alive but he was disowned because he was a delinquent though it is expected to happen since they weren’t really that close. Kazuma has fallen asleep before he can finish. This made Fumino pat his head and try to cook breakfast the next day which unfortunately, ended up making the whole kitchen soot black as she burned something. At school, Fumino is frustrated as she tries to read a cook book. The bullies came again to finish business with her but they ended up being finished by Fumino who easily beats them up. While walking at the hallway, Kazuma tells her not to beat up people and just tell her his problem. Fumino wonders if he can like her as she is now. She tells him that there is nothing wrong. Kazuma quickly takes her aside in a room and tells her that he doesn’t believe her and she shouldn’t keep on trying to deal everything by herself like taking care of her brother. Kazuma says he fears that she might disappear again. Fumino blushes over this. They leave the room when the bell rang but didn’t notice that the two bullies saw them and took pictures on their mobile phone.

    That night, Teppei made origami rings for the two saying that marriages should have wedding rings. Kazuma notices how intently Fumino looks at her origami ring. They happily hug Teppei. The next night, the bullies wait for Fumino at her house and tell her to follow them after showing her of the picture they took of her and Kazuma. From their house, Teppei sees what happened. Outside his apartment, Kazuma wonders to himself why he actually bought rings. Ryuu comes by. Kazuma reprimands him for giving that lingerie to Fumino. Ryuu asks if he would want to go to a group date and forget about his wife for a minute since she did went out with some other two guys though they looked quite menacing. Kazuma quickly gives his coat and shopping bag to Ryuu. He tells him to bring it to his house and check if Teppei is there. He hurriedly runs off to look for Fumino. At the park, the two bullies called their two sempai who look like yakuza/gangster. They plan to harass her but Teppei tries to attack them with his origami shuriken [ninja star]. One of them tries to hit Teppei but Fumino kicks him as she won’t let them hurt Teppei. The yakuza is about to hit her when Kazuma saves her by blocking the slap. He asks them what are they trying to do to his wife. Ryuu arrives to get Teppei. Using just his left punch, Kazuma manages to finish off the two yakuza. He tells them to apologize not only to him but his wife. They shouted to the two bullies that Kazuma is Hell’s Kazuma who is famous for beating up 100 men yet still uninjured. While Kazuma covers Fumino’s eyes and Ryuu covers Teppei’s eyes, Kazuma removes his glasses and looks quite evil. He threatens them to keep all this a secret else he’ll personally send them all to hell. This made them sign a contract not to tell anyone and erase the photo. Kazuma reprimands Fumino for trying to do things by herself again. Fumino says it is because Kazuma still haven’t done anything to her. She has no sex appeal nor any experience as a woman then he had to marry her out of pity so the least she wants to do is trouble him. Kazuma hugs her and says of course, as a guy, he would want to have her but as an adult, he has to think that she is still 16 and he wants her to fall in love with a guy normally in the future. Fumino says what nonsense is he saying when he has already made her and Teppei really happy so he has to be responsible. At home, they exchange rings. That night, Fumino hopes to get Kazuma to sleep with them in their room but Kazuma says he has to wake up really early so he’ll pass. Kazuma thought that he can have her anytime but he finds it more interesting not to do it yet for he is a S. The next day, Ryuu gives more lingerie to Fumino to try out.

    Ya, this pretty much seals what I thought of Kazuma – he is Onizuka. Lol Actually, he can also be Superman, when you remove the glasses, he become a totally different person. It made me wonder what made Kazuma change 180 degrees from his past lifestyle. I kind of think that his glasses are just props to make him look weak. ^^;; Weird, I find this more amusing than the romance. ^^;; I kind of think Ryuu is a bad influence. Hehe, since Kazuma is like Onizuka, I do recall Onizuka has a best friend. I’m a bit surprised that Fumino tries to ‘please’ Kazuma that way, well, I shouldn’t be surprise since this shows that Fumino has gratitude. She doesn’t like to just take and take from Kazuma and has nothing to give him in return even if he did say that as long as she is smiling it is enough for him. It doesn’t help her ego that her brother is closer to Kazuma than she, herself. Well, Teppei is cute as usual, trying to protect his sister like that. So, after a month, Fumino only gets a wedding ring but no kiss or hug..nothing.

    Chapter 2: At school, it is the usual, Fumino beating up a student who litters while Kazuma enthusiastically calls her big boss and helps her clean up. At home, Fumino and Teppei go for cat-theme outfit to get Kazuma to cook dinner. As usual, Kazuma only glomps Teppei. Teppei asks him why doesn’t he hug Fumino. To Fumino’s dismay, he only pats her head. It has been two months and they did nothing that would make one think they are married. One day, while Fumino and Teppei are walking home, they see Kazuma and Ryuu talking to another guy. Kazuma takes the bag from the guy and angrily kicks the guy away. Kazuma is still angry as the other guy happily waves goodbye. Fumino asks who is the guy he was talking with. Ryuu was about to say that he is from Higuma [fire bear] –gumi [name of a yakuza group] but Kazuma quickly punches Ryuu’s stomach to shut him up. Kazuma just says that he is a friend who gave them some custard puddings to eat. Ryuu invited himself to eat the puddings. Fumino feels left out as Kazuma and Teppei feed each other’s pudding to test the different flavors. At night, Kazuma still sleeps with Teppei in one futon while Fumino is in a separate one. Kazuma asks where is Fumino’s wedding ring. Fumino tells him that she kept it. Kazuma wears it when he gets home. Fumino asks what about it but Kazuma says it is nothing then goes to sleep. It seems she didn’t realize as to why Kazuma was asking. She suddenly has the urge to kiss him but she is embarrassed when she sees Teppei is awake and he is looking at her. She quickly tries to fake it saying she is doing push-ups. Kazuma has awaken up by the commotion and tries to stop himself from laughing. He then seems to look thoughtful. Still trying to get to know more about Kazuma and become closer to him, Fumino begins to do silly things like asking Kazuma to kick her butt just like how he did to his friend so that they would seem close. Kazuma refuses to do it because she is a girl so he got a kicked by Fumino in the butt instead. Even wearing sexy lingerie didn’t work. Since Kazuma is secretive about his past, Fumino and Teppei reads shounen manga which are about fighting and delinquents to get to know more of the world that Kazuma used to live in. The manga and dvds are courtesy of Ryuu. This made Kazuma angry that they don’t need to know about it. She begs him to tell her so that they would become closer. Kazuma tells her why don’t she use that passion of hers to study instead. This infuriates Fumino that she kicks his groin and shouts why didn’t he answer seriously when she is asking a serious question. Aren’t they married? If he does that, it would seem that they aren’t family. Fumino runs off in a fit just when Ryuu arrives with more manga for them to read. Ryuu asks why doesn’t Kazuma just tell Fumino about his past. Kazuma confesses that he wants to treasure Fumino but he fears if they are together, they know more of each other and become closer, it might be harder for him to suppress his feelings for her. He quickly sits up and tells Ryuu and Teppei never to tell this to Fumino. Teppei asks Kazuma if he hates Fumino. Kazuma says no, he really likes her. Teppei asks him then why doesn’t he hug her for it will make Fumino really happy. Kazuma hugs Teppei and says that they go find Fumino.

    Fumino is at the park. She is crying and sulking while calling Kazuma names. Just then a guy wearing sunglasses at night ^^;; with some tattoo showing at his neck and a scar on his right eyebrow asks if she is Fumino Kaji and if they can talk a bit. She realizes that he was the one whom Kazuma is talking to earlier. Then, Kazuma and Teppei are at the park looking for Fumino when they overhears some mothers talking about the young boss of Higuma-gumi walking with a cute girl. Kazuma quickly tells Teppei who is on his shoulders to hold on tight as he quickly runs off. The two yakuza who were brought by the bullies in the last chapter to attack Fumino apologizes to her. It turned out that they are under Retsu, the young boss of Higuma-gumi and Kazuma’s friend. Retsu says he wants to make them apologize since Kazuma is mad as hell over what happened. He also brought puddings as an apology. Fumino bows and calls him pudding guy. She thanks him. To her surprise, Retsu says she is pretty stupid to come there and actually believe that he is Kazuma’s friend. What would she do if he actually wants to avenge his members? Then, they hear a running sound. Kazuma comes rushing in and kicks Retsu away. He hugs Fumino and apologizes that this is why he doesn’t want to talk about his past nor his past friends, for she will only be in danger and he will be quite pathetic if he let that happen to his wife. He says that he will protect her and this made her apologize to him for being careless and she will become a wife to whom he can say anything. Retsu gives Kazuma a thumbs up that it was a great kick and if he dies, he can inherit his gumi/group. This made Kazuma freak out and shouts to stop joking around. Retsu laughs and says, I got you, I got you. Fumino thinks that they are really friends. At home, Fumino asks Kazuma to put on her necklace wherein her ring is the pendant. She tells him that it will remind her that she is his wife and that she hopes that there will come a day when he will show him a facial expression that he will only show to her as his wife. Kazuma says he have already did that many times. He says..and doing this, only to you. He gives her a kiss on the neck. Fumino blushes and falls over. Kazuma asks is that it, he still wants to play for he is a S. Teppei just happily looks at the close door as they play. Later on, they would call Retsu as the pudding man when he comes to visit again though he brought donuts this time around.

    Nothing much happened in this chapter as it just introduces Kazuma’s friend, Retsu and hints that Kazuma has friends in the yakuza. Retsu seems to be a funny guy, I hope we get to see of him more later on. Fumino basically just wants some love and affection which Kazuma isn’t giving yet since he is a sadist. Also, if he did give in, I think the story would become more complicated. I’m a bit puzzled though over Fumino’s sudden want of Kazuma’s affection. It seems beyond being grateful for taking them in that she wants to really become Kazuma’s wife. I think that within two months of living with Kazuma, she has fallen for him. And, it takes Kazuma rescuing her again to make Fumino know why Kazuma doesn’t want her to know of his past. I hope there will be less of the ‘saving Fumino’ thing but then, I guess it is indeed to show Kazuma’s love for her. =P

    Chapter 3: Fumino is playing volleyball for there will be a competition. Kazuma is reacting how bad Fumino is because she can’t hit a single ball. The theme for that night’s cosplay is cheerleaders. As usual, Kazuma only hugs Teppei. Kazuma touches Fumino and she succumbs down as her body is in pain from body ache. Fumino complains that black haired guy has been quite enthusiastic over it. Kazuma says that guy is Ken Kurosawa and his goal is the championship. He tells her that he would want their group to win so that they will have a gold medal since he was a delinquent before, he never get a chance to get one. Fumino and Kazuma ‘fights’ as Kazuma puts plasters on her. Fumino thought that she really hates volleyball but she wants to see a happy Kazuma upon receiving the gold medal. She wakes up early to practice and finds Ken already there practicing. Ken calls her pathetic Kaji who is really bad among all of them. Fumino says she knows that already that is why she came to practice. Fumino tries to serve the ball and ends up hitting the ball right into Ken’s face. Furious, Ken decides to teach her. When Kazuma arrives, he asks Ken why is he teaching Fumino personally. Ken shouts that if he didn’t, it will be quite dangerous to let Fumino play. Ken and Fumino argue about practice after school as Fumino says she has to pick up her brother. Kazuma doesn’t seem pleased that Ken is holding Fumino’s hand.

    After school, Teppei watches Fumino practice with Ken at the park. That night, Fumino says that Ken is really good in teaching that she has improved and she will definitely work hard and get the championship. Kazuma worriedly tells her not to force herself. Fumino says it is okay. So days went on as Fumino practice hard but when she comes home, she is too tired and just falls asleep. There is a scene here that shows that Kazuma can also sew using a sewing machine. [Wow, he can cook, sew and fight just like Otomen’s Asuka] During the competition, Fumino manages to play well that she and Ken hug each other for they harvest the fruits of their labor. Ken suddenly blushes and pulls away when Kazuma is standing between them. Kazuma says but he feels that it isn’t good to hurt a girl’s face. Ken asks Kazuma, girl, who’s a girl? This made Fumino angry that she hits Ken with volleyballs. Ryuu and Teppei come to give Fumino support. The girls wonder who they are – cute Teppei and cool looking Ryuu. Fumino tells them to watch her do her best. While Teppei cheers for Fumino, Ryuu tells Kazuma that Fumino looks tired. Kazuma says it is all because of that stupid student [Ken]. Ryuu says but..for whom is she doing it. Kazuma covers his ears and says, ah, really..I knew that already. Fumino’s group is winning as she looks at the medal and reminded herself that she wants to give it to Kazuma.

    While preparing to hit the ball, Fumino thought that she feels warm..no she’s cold. She suddenly feels dizzy as a ball hits her. She can’t quite see the others clearly as they ask if she is alright. Ken shouts that men’s team have already got the championship so she should also do her best. This fires up Fumino as she forces herself to keep on playing even if she is really dizzy. Just when the ball is about to hit Fumino, Kazuma holds her up and catches the ball. Kazuma tells Ken that they are going to have a player change. Kazuma carries Fumino on his shoulder and tells Ken that his duty is indeed be a coach, yet taking care of the player’s health is also part of that duty. Fumino angrily shouts for Kazuma to put her down but Kazuma won’t and tells her that she is sick. In the clinic, Fumino can’t believe that she is indeed sick as she has a fever of 38.05C. Kazuma starts to reprimand her for not taking care of herself that he won’t be happy even if she gets the championship in that state. To his shock, Fumino is already crying that he tries to appease her. She cries that she wants to give it to him that is why she is doing her best. Kazuma thanks her for doing her best. She asks what would make him happy. He replies that she should get well. She asks what after that. Kazuma says he doesn’t want her to be hurt by Ken, as a guy or as a student. Kazuma kisses Fumino’s bruise wrist and says he’s going to disinfect it. The two then ‘play’ as Kazuma says the next one is her leg. Ryuu and Teppei guard outside the clinic.

    That night, Kazuma shows Fumino that the girls group has gotten the silver medal. Fumino isn’t too happy about it. Teppei makes her a medal for doing her best. Fumino then becomes happy and hugs Teppei. Later on, Ken is giving Fumino a lot of energy drinks. So, this chapter is just basically Fumino trying to get a medal for Kazuma at the expense of her health. It is nice but then, well, there should be a limit to it. It is a good thing she didn’t get hurt while playing when she was sick. The new twist here is Kazuma getting jealous over Ken. He must be pretty irked that Ken made Fumino over exhausted that he lectures him about taking care of the players. He seems he is beginning to take advantage of her a bit more now. =P If they keep this up, someone will notice sooner or later that there is something between them. As usual, Teppei wins the cuteness award here. About Ken, I’m still not sure if he is a student or a coach. ^^;; They just write, 2-C volleyball division on his name.

    Chapter 4: It’s summer time and summer = beach. Fumino is wearing a bikini which Kazuma thoroughly looked at, last night, before he lets her be seen by other guys. But he ends up being kicked away when he mentions that her chest is too flat. Fumino notes that Kazuma is like an old man for he is totally covered – wearing a straw hat, t-shirt and shorts. Ken is blushing over Fumino as the other girls say that Fumino looks great. They were doing some stretching exercise as Fumino wonders if Teppei won’t be lonely being left with Ryuu. They were then surprised to see Teppei and Ryuu there at the beach, too. The others were wondering whose kid it is. Teppei calls out to Kazuma. I think Ryuu alibis that someone has measles so they went there to have fun with them. Everyone is fussing about and asks who are they while Ryuu asks them to introduce them. Kazuma says that Teppei is Fumino’s younger brother while Ryuu is Fumino’s distant relative, since he is Teppei’s guardian. A girl asks if Ryuu lives with them. Kazuma says they actually live near his apartment. They exclaim no wonder Teppei knows Kazuma. Kazuma says that’s right and they also eat together. This made Fumino extremely nervous that she grabs the three and runs away, shouting that they are saying too much. Fumino reprimands the guys over lying and asks Ryuu why are they really there. Ryuu cries that they were really lonely so they also booked in the same beach dorm as they are in. Kazuma tells Teppei that aside from the four of them, the marriage is a secret. Fumino isn’t too happy that they have to lie. Kazuma suggests that if she is talking about him, she can just replace him as Ryuu. Fumino is still unhappy about having to lie. Later, three girls from the volleyball team are interrogating Fumino if she and Ryuu were going steady and when they did start living together. Fumino is all tense while playing with Teppei in the water. With girls clinging on Ryuu, he tells Fumino not to be too shy about it for their relationship is super great. The girls exclaim if they are really going out together. Ryuu says it’s a secret. Fumino shouts for him not to say it like that. At the beach, Ken notes that Kazuma has just broke his cup from holding it too tight. Someone’s not happy. =P

    During lunch time, Fumino feels really tired even if she didn’t do anything. A teacher comes to reprimand Fumino for bringing her family there at the school trip. Kazuma comes to her defense that they just unexpectedly also went there and it could be that her younger brother is lonely for Fumino’s relationship with her brother is quite close. Fumino thought it is like someone unrelated to them is saying it. Back at the beach, Ryuu asks Fumino why is she so gloomy. Fumino says she knows that lying and keeping things a secret is what they must do but hearing it makes her feel sad for how could they easily just lie about that. Ryuu explains to her that Kazuma really treasures them so he would lie about that. He tells her to believe in Kazuma or was she uneasy because she begins to believe the lie. Ryuu holds Fumino’s ring pendant and says that everything will be alright and there will come a day when they will let everyone know. Kazuma just wants to protect her until that time comes. While Kazuma and Teppei are building a sand mountain, the girls exclaim that Fumino and Ryuu looks sweet together and the ring pendant could mean that they were already married. They suddenly hear a loud sound. Kazuma just smashes the sand mountain. Teppei has to pat Kazuma and tells him to bear it. When Fumino and Ryuu returns, the girls asks Fumino if that ring was given by Ryuu. Fumino says it wasn’t but someone special to her. The girls still believe that it is Ryuu and says she must have been really happy. To everyone’s surprise, Fumino is in tears as she says that she is really happy. Fumino quickly retreats and says she will go out to swim. They try to shout to her not to go too far from the shore. The girls wonder what did they say wrong.

    It starts to rain that the teachers are calling the students to go back to the shore. Kazuma suggests that they get a boat out to fetch the other students who were still in the waters. While swimming, Fumino thought that she really doesn’t want to lie but it is useless. She thought she is happy because of Kazuma..she realizes that she likes him. Suddenly, Fumino has a leg cramp. Kazuma is already bringing the students up the boat when Ken asks why is Teppei there. Kazuma says it is because his eyes are good. Teppei shouts that he has found Fumino who is struggling in the water. Ken shouts that Fumino is drowning. Kazuma quickly tosses his glasses to Ken and tells him to take care of Teppei and others. Kazuma quickly jumps into the waters to save Fumino. Fumino is thinking that she haven’t told Kazuma that she likes him and this isn’t something about gratitude over what he has done for them. She wakes up to find Kazuma looking over her. Kazuma says that he got them to a small island and will go back to the dorm when the rain stops. Crying, Fumino apologizes for not being good at lying but she is really sad because she really likes him. She keeps on saying that she likes him that Kazuma hugs her and says to stop saying it else does she want him to do something crazy. [as in saying that, turn him on] Ken and Teppei are already at the shore shouting for them. Fumino tries to make Kazuma stop but Kazuma says it isn’t over yet. He goes for her neck just when Ken and Teppei shout are you there? They only see Fumino extremely blushing with Kazuma’s head smashed into the boulder..she kicked him away. While walking back, Teppei tells Ken that he likes him while Kazuma seems to be happy about something. Fumino only exclaims what had happened. At the dorm, Kazuma asks Fumino is okay while Fumino blushes and tells him not to come near her. Ken is looking at them and thought that there is something suspicious about the two.

    It is amusing how the two deals with lying regarding their relationship. Fumino goes emotionally about it while Kazuma can only smash things near him. ^^;; Though for Kazuma, it is more because he is getting jealous. So, at least we know why Fumino is now eager to please and make Kazuma happy..she has fallen for him. I’m thinking that Ryuu is about Kazuma’s age, so why is it seem okay for her to be with Ryuu rather than Kazuma? I guess being a teacher is indeed a factor and it does seem that he has taken advantage her as a teacher. So, with Fumino having a hard time to lie and her emotions showing up, people are starting to realize something and the one who really did notice something between the two is Ken. Of course, what else would you think if you see a girl blushing and the guy just got his head smashed into a boulder then later on, he is asking if she is alright and she is telling him not to come near? Actually, it does make one think that Kazuma is a pervert stalker. Hehehe

    Chapter 5: On the first day at the beach, Fumino has confessed that she likes Kazuma. On the second day, Fumino is brushing her teeth and sees a reddish mark on her neck. She wonders if she got hurt or was it a mosquito bite. A girl says isn’t that a hickey. Fumino memory recall on: Kazuma hugged her and asked if she is trying to make him do something crazy. Looking at her intently without his glasses on, he says it isn’t over yet. He then goes for her neck. End recall. Fumino starts choking and blushing as she thought was it during that time. Schedule for today – morning = swimming free time, afternoon = garbage cleaning and night = fireworks. Kazuma happily says that the day is nice today. He goes to Fumino if she is okay now. Fumino freezes and blushes from head to foot. When Kazuma touches her shoulder, Fumino hits him in the head and runs away. Another teacher is shouting why did she hit a teacher. Teppei asks Kazuma if he is alright. Ryuu asks him what did he do to Fumino. Kazuma says it’s nothing. Ken is looking at them. Fumino is hiding behind a short wall and tries to calm herself that if she keeps on doing that, everyone will notice something strange is going on. She thought that she had already confessed to him but Kazuma still acts like a fool as if nothing has happened. She counts the multiples of 7 to calm herself and quickly goes out again, only to see topless Kazuma without his glasses on. Kazuma becomes embarrassed when Ken touches his arm. Ken asks what kind of activity has he been doing that Kazuma’s muscles are well-developed. Kazuma says not much. Ken says that yesterday, Kazuma has acted quickly to save drowning Fumino and could it be that Kazuma is intently taking care of Fumino. Before Kazuma could answer, a student cries out that Fumino has passed out from nose-bleeding. Kazuma tells Ken that something happened to Fumino so he is going. He carries her piggybank style and happily heads inside.

    In the room of a small restaurant, Fumino is being cooled off as she thought she is really a stupid and a pervert. Teppei worriedly asks if she is okay. She hugs him and says she is okay. Ryuu tells her that Teppei was really afraid when he saw Fumino drowning and it seems as if he is going to collapse last night. Fumino is surprise that Teppei cried all night long and says that he was like that when their parents died. Fumino tells Teppei that she haven’t turned into a ‘star-sama’ yet. After managing to comfort him, she tells him to go out and play. Ryuu then gets Teppei out to play. After they left, Kazuma offers her some shaved ice dessert and asks, ‘Star-sama’, does she meant her parents. Fumino quickly retreats from him. Kazuma tells her to relax and act normal. He apologizes for what he did yesterday. He asks if she is hurt. Blushing, Fumino says she isn’t. Kazuma decides to pull her face and he starts laughing. Fumino angrily asks what is he doing. Kazuma apologizes again and tells her not to be too nervous for he won’t do that again. He says if he did something different then she won’t be too afraid. He apologizes once more before talking to the shop’s owner. At the beach, Teppei is burying Ryuu in the sand and making a sexy sand body for him. They asks Kazuma how did it went. Kazuma sits on the sand body and says he failed, wanting to get closer..it is really hard and how does he hug to save on strength. The two wonders what Kazuma meant.

    Later on, the students have started to pick up the trash. Two girls asks Ken where are Fumino and long haired girl, Oka is. Ken says aren’t they picking up litter near the street. They say that Oka tend to be slow-witted while Fumino seems to be thinking of something. It turned out that Fumino and Oka has gone far away from the hotel, picking up litter near the road. Fumino is busy thinking that Kazuma could have agreed to marry her because he likes her and that before getting married, like the person should have come first. She is then interrupted when she sees a couple of guys harassing Oka for her to come with them. Fumino saves her by tossing some empty cans of soda at them. Oka shouts for Fumino to run away, too when the two men goes after Fumino. As they grab her, they had break off her necklace that her ring fell off the side into the rocks – below is the sea. Fumino tries to jump down that the two guys tries to stop her. Fumino shouts for them to let go but they won’t. Just then, Ken comes to save her but to his surprise, he ends up being the one trying to stop Fumino from jumping down. Then, more teachers arrive at the scene. The teacher is reprimanding Fumino for yesterday, she almost drowned and now, she is hitting people, why don’t she try to act more like an adult. Kazuma tells the teacher that it is because he haven’t taught her well. Fumino is too distress about the lost ring to listen to them.

    While walking on the road, Ryuu, together with Teppei, asks Fumino isn’t it too dangerous to be on the rocks, is she looking for something. Fumino denies that she is. Teppei points that there are some crabs there. Fumino says that right, and thanks him as she quickly goes there. Ryuu and Teppei thought that crabs aren’t seem to be what Fumino is looking for. It’s getting dark. While Kazuma and Ken are preparing the fireworks, the girls tell them that Fumino haven’t returned yet as she said she has forgotten something. Ken says that Fumino has been acting weird. They then see Fumino suspiciously walking around with a flashlight as if she is going to sneak out again. Kazuma tells Ken to take care of the others. He tells the others to go ahead and eat while he goes get Fumino back. While running, Fumino says that it has become dark and she wonders if she will find it if she uses a flashlight. Someone asks what is she looking for. To her shock, Kazuma is running behind her. He tells her to stop for a while for them to talk about it. He grabs her hand but Fumino quickly pulls away and shouts, let go. This stunned Kazuma as he looks a bit hurt. She apologizes and quickly runs away. She wonders what kind of expression was that. At the site, Teppei and Ryuu were waiting for Fumino. Ryuu tells Teppei to stay there for a while as he goes and get his glasses. After he left, Teppei looks up the sky and says there are many stars. He looks down and see something sparkling near the rocks. He thought there is a star on the ground, too. Teppei’s eyes are really good that he can even see at the dark. He notices that it is Fumino’s ring. He tries to call out that it is there but no one is there so he decides to go get it himself.

    While still running, Fumino thought that she should properly apologize to Kazuma later on. She is then shock to see Teppei at the corner of the boulders, trying to get the ring. She shouts for Teppei and this surprises Teppei that he lost his footing. As Teppei slips, Fumino runs to catch him. As they fall down, Fumino realizes that Kazuma has also jump down and catch them. He hugs them and lets himself fall first into the waters. Ryuu arrives and shock to see what happened that he quickly calls the ambulance. A flashback at the funeral, Fumino tells Teppei that their parents have become stars and it will be a long time before they meet again. She reassures him that their parents as stars will be always look after him. She says that she will do her best so there is no need for him to cry. Fumino gets Teppei to shout, do our best together. End flashback. It was like that last year but now.. At the hospital, Fumino and Teppei cling on to Kazuma as he assures them that he is alright since he is strong so they don’t have to cry. Kazuma says that they should go back. Ryuu is carrying Teppei as he tries to apologize to Kazuma. Kazuma says he is going to beat him up after they return. This made Ryuu really scared. Teppei tells Kazuma that he has found it and shows Kazuma the ring. Kazuma pats his head and says so that’s why.

    From the beach which is near the hospital, Kazuma calls out to Fumino that they are going back. Crying Fumino is still very distressed over what happened and wonders how to apologize. She prostrates to him and keeps on apologizing. Kazuma asks if it is about the ring. She apologizes for letting that important thing. Kazuma says that it isn’t that important. Pause. Fumino looks up and exclaims that compared to the ring, he is more important. Kazuma apologizes for that and says that marriage and the ring are symbols but what is really bound to her is him but he is really happy that she likes him. She is really afraid of losing her important thing [her parents] so making someone else special takes courage for she would want to protect herself [from that hurt]. He asks her for them to start all over again. Fumino asks her parents if like this, will she also become happy..she doesn’t want to lose more things. Fumino hugs him. Kazuma asks if she was afraid. He says this is a bit embarrassing and tells her to come closer. Just as Fumino closes her eyes for him to kiss her, Kazuma touches her lips and says something about doing it next time and there is still school, etc. He ends up just giving her a hickey on the neck again. What they didn’t see is that Ken saw the whole thing. Ken was blushing and in utter shock while holding some fireworks. The next day, Fumino covers her neck with a scarf to hide the hickey. Kazuma’s butt hurts, probably got kicked again as he apologizes to Fumino. Ken is blushing as he is looking at the two. The teacher calls for about Fumino and Kazuma to stay there as he is going to scold them. Ryu’s face is all beaten up by Kazuma that it is now beyond recognition. The kids asks if he is their teacher while one of them is crying that he is scary looking.

    So, they were found out by Ken. For now, Ken isn’t saying anything yet. Can you sense the love triangle yet? =P I wonder that Kazuma is keeping himself all covered up at the beach so as not to expose that he is quite athletic and strong contrary to what he is trying to project. I guess he finally can’t bear the heat of summer anymore that he has to remove his t-shirt. ^^;; Like the usual couples, they are still uneasy with each other as in, when the other one tries to get close, the other backs away, vice-versa. About Kazuma’s pained look, I wonder if that has something to do with his past or was it just because of his regret over the hickey last chapter? So, why did Kazuma settles on with hickeys rather than kisses? Is it because kisses are more intimate or the author just trying to prove a point with the title that everything will happen except for a kiss or it’s because Kazuma is a S? Hehe Poor Ryu, he learns that he should take his babysitting seriously especially if it is for his ‘ex-notorious delinquent’ friend. So, the couple are going to start again and this time, knowing that they both like each other. What troubles await them in the future...mm..I see another man...no, two of them..who will cause future problems for the couple.

    Quote of the day:
    A good marriage is one which allows for change and growth in the individuals and in the way they express their love. ~ Pearl S. Buck.